arXiv is now an independent nonprofit! Learn more
License: CC BY-NC-ND 4.0
arXiv:2608.19301v1 [math.DG] 19 Aug 2026

Disproof of the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture

Jihao Liu Address: Department of Mathematics, Peking University, No. 5 Yiheyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100871, China Address: Beijing International Center for Mathematical Research, Peking University, No. 5 Yiheyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100871, China Email address: liujihao@math.pku.edu.cn
Date: August 19, 2026
Abstract.

We construct a polarized smooth projective fivefold and prove that it is K-polystable but does not admit a constant scalar curvature Kähler metric. This disproves the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture for constant scalar curvature metrics.

The main result of this paper was obtained using generative AI, particularly GPT-5.6-sol, Fable 5, and the Danus system. A detailed report on the use of generative AI in this paper is enclosed in the appendix, joint with Bin Dong and Guoxiong Gao.

Key words and phrases: 
Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture, K-polystability, uniform K-stability, constant scalar curvature Kähler metric, test configuration, projective bundle
2020 Mathematics Subject Classification
53C55, 14L24, 32Q20

1. Introduction

1.1. Background

Calabi’s program asks for an extremal Kähler metric in a prescribed Kähler class [Cal82, Cal85]. The K-energy of Mabuchi and the moment-map interpretation of scalar curvature due to Fujiki and Donaldson gave analytic form to the expectation that the existence problem should be governed by an algebro-geometric stability condition [Mab86, Fuj92, Don97, Don99]. The obstructions of Matsushima and Futaki are recorded in [Mat57, Fut83]. In the setting where the first Chern class is positive, the expectation that Kähler–Einstein existence should be governed by algebraic stability goes back to Yau [Yau93]. Building on the generalized Futaki invariant of Ding and Tian [DT92], Tian introduced K-stability for special degenerations of Fano manifolds, proved the necessity direction, and formulated the Kähler–Einstein conjecture [Tia97, Definition 1.1, Theorem 1.2, and Conjecture 1.4].

Donaldson introduced test configurations of arbitrary positive exponent for general polarized varieties [Don02, Definition 2.1.1]. He conjectured that a smooth polarized variety admits a constant scalar curvature Kähler (cscK) metric precisely when it satisfies the resulting stability condition [Don02, p. 290]. His balanced-embedding theorem had already proved a finite-dimensional consequence in geometric invariant theory (GIT) of cscK existence when the automorphism group is discrete [Don01, Corollary 4]. In the terminology now in use, Donaldson’s product-equality clause [Don02, Definition 2.1.2] is a polystability condition. We state it in the form relevant to this paper.

Conjecture 1.1 ([Don02, Conjecture], Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a smooth polarized projective complex variety. Then (Y,H)(Y,H) is K-polystable with respect to all normal ample algebraic test configurations of every positive exponent if and only if c1(H)c_{1}(H) contains a constant scalar curvature Kähler metric.

Remark 1.2.

The normality convention in Conjecture 1.1 is the standard repair of Donaldson’s original scheme-theoretic formulation; otherwise, the conjecture would be trivially false. See Corollay 1.6 below. We recall the history of this repair here.

Ross and Thomas developed the slope and Hilbert–Mumford viewpoints and clarified the distinction between product and trivial configurations [RT06, RT07]. Li and Xu exhibited a nonproduct zero-invariant configuration with an embedded point [LX14, Section 8.2, especially Example 4 and Remark 4]. Stoppa called a test configuration trivial in codimension two when it is equivariantly a product away from a closed subscheme of codimension at least two, and modified the equality condition accordingly [Sto11, Definitions 1–2]. Odaka used the term almost trivial for the corresponding codimension-one condition [Oda15, Definitions 3.3–3.4]. Boucksom–Hisamoto–Jonsson later used almost trivial to mean that the normalization is trivial, and characterized this condition by vanishing of the LpL^{p}-norm [BHJ17, Corollary B]. These conditions are not equivalent in general: triviality in codimension one implies almost triviality in the normalization sense, but the converse can fail [BJ22, Definition 2.36, Example 2.37, and Theorem 2.38(iii)]. Stoppa observed that his repaired K-stability condition can equivalently be tested on normal test configurations, excluding only the trivial configuration [Sto11, p. 2]. Li and Xu likewise formulated K-stability using normal test configurations [LX14, Definition 6 and Remark 2(2)].

We use the K-polystability convention of Codogni–Stoppa, restricting to normal total spaces, [CS19, Definition 18]. We remark that Codogni and Stoppa conjectured that, for every reductive subgroup GAut(Y,H)G\subset\Aut(Y,H), K-polystability is equivalent to nonnegativity of the Donaldson–Futaki invariant on every GG-equivariant test configuration, with equality if and only if its normalization is a product [CS19, Conjecture 1].

1.2. History of the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture

Several parts and variations of the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture (Conjecture 1.1) are theorems. In this subsection we briefly recall the historical progress towards this conjecture.

The necessity part. On the necessity side, Donaldson proved K-semistability [Don05b, Theorem 1], and Stoppa proved K-stability when the automorphism group is discrete [Sto09, Theorem 1.2], as corrected in [Sto11, p. 1]. For normal test configurations, Mabuchi gave the first general proof of K-polystability [Mab08, Main Theorem]; a missing step in that preprint was supplied in [Mab09, p. 2]. Berman–Darvas–Lu later gave a different proof [BDL20]. Székelyhidi introduced relative K-stability [Sze07, Definition 2.2] and formulated the extremal correspondence [Sze07, Conjecture 1.1], while Stoppa–Székelyhidi proved its necessity direction [SS11, Theorem 4]. Kähler and transcendental extensions were developed in [DR17b, SD18, SD20].

The Fano case. For smooth Fano manifolds with the anticanonical polarization, the sufficiency direction was proved by Tian [Tia15a, Tia15b] and Chen–Donaldson–Sun [CDS15a, CDS15b, CDS15c]. Li and Xu’s reduction to special test configurations [LX14, Corollary 1] and Berman’s necessity theorem [Ber16, Theorem 1.1] place this result in the modern K-polystable framework. Further analytic proofs are due to Datar–Székelyhidi [DS16, Theorem 1]. Chen–Sun–Wang obtained another proof [CSW18, Theorem 1.2]. For singular log Fano pairs, variational and equivariant methods relate K-polystability, reduced uniform K-stability, and weak Kähler–Einstein existence [BBJ21, LTW21, LTW22, Li22a]. The finite-generation input is due to Liu–Xu–Zhuang [LXZ22, Theorems 1.1 and 1.6].

The algebraic theory also includes log discrepancies, local volumes, valuative criteria, and stability-threshold methods [Oda12, Oda13, Fuj19, Li17, FO18, BJ20]. Blum–Xu proved uniqueness for K-polystable Fano degenerations [BX19, Theorem 1.1(2)]. Zhuang proved that equivariant K-polystability for a reductive group implies geometric K-polystability [Zhu21, Theorem 1.1(2)]. Related quantization arguments are due to K. Zhang [Zha24]; see also Xu’s survey and monograph [Xu21, Xu25].

The toric theory is also extensive. Wang–Zhu treated toric Fano solitons [WZ04]. Donaldson developed an analytic program [Don05a, Don08] and proved cscK existence for polarized toric surfaces satisfying his toric K-stability condition [Don09, Corollary 1]. Chen–Li–Sheng proved a uniform condition necessary for toric extremal metrics [CLS14].

We also remark that Li proved the uniform correspondence for polarized toric manifolds in every dimension [Li22b, Theorem 1.12].

Progress on general polarizations. For general polarizations, later work has increasingly separated K-polystability from quantitative and completed notions. Székelyhidi introduced uniform K-stability in his thesis [Sze06, Section 3.1.1]. Relations among test configurations, geodesic rays, Okounkov bodies, and concave transforms were developed in [PS07, PS09, WN12, BC11]. Dervan introduced the minimum norm [Der16]. The non-Archimedean slope formalism is developed in [BHJ19, BHJ22], and Hisamoto introduced a reduced form adapted to automorphisms [His16]. Dervan–Reboulet characterized coercivity on fixed Fubini–Study spaces by uniform arc K-polystability [DR24, Theorem 1.1]. Darvas–Rubinstein formulated a general existence–properness principle [DR17a, Theorem 3.4] and applied it conditionally to the cscK problem [DR17a, Theorem 10.1]. Darvas–Lu developed the metric and geodesic structure of spaces of rays [DL20, Theorems 1.3 and 1.4]. Chen–Cheng obtained the estimates used in their program [CC21a, Theorem 1.1], proved the direction from properness to existence in the discrete-automorphism case [CC21b], and extended it to general Aut0\Aut^{0} in [CC18, Theorem 1.6].

Finally, stronger correspondences use completed or quantitative stability conditions. Boucksom–Jonsson use K^\widehat{K}-polystability on the finite-energy non-Archimedean completion [BJ25b, Theorem A]. Darvas–Zhang characterize the existence of a unique cscK metric by uniform KβK^{\beta}-stability for some β>0\beta>0 and obtain an automorphism-equivariant criterion through models defined by log discrepancies [DZ25, Theorems 1.1 and 1.6]. The entropy-regularization program is formulated in [BJ18, Conjecture 2.5], and the model criterion in [Li22b, Theorem 1.10 and Conjecture 1.8]. Trusiani’s special Fujita approximation theorem solves the regularization problem and yields an equivalence with Aut0(X,L)\Aut^{0}(X,L)-uniform K-stability [Tru26, Theorem A, Theorem B, and Corollary A]. Kähler and transcendental variants are due to Mesquita-Piccione and Mesquita-Piccione–Witt Nyström [MP25, MPWN25]. Further existence, properness, and threshold results appear in [SW08, He19, JSS19, DZ24, Tru24]. Further parts of the non-Archimedean program appear in [BJ22, BJ23, BJ25a]. For flat families of smooth polarized varieties with finite automorphism groups, Dervan proved that the cscK locus is very general [Der25, Theorem 1.1].

1.3. The counterexample

Despite all the aforementioned progress, it is worth mentioning that the full version of the original Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture [Don02, Conjecture] (Conjecture 1.1) has remained open up to now. Indeed, some experts are skeptical of [Don02, Conjecture] and expect that (a version of) uniform K-stability is necessary (cf. [Sze06]). It is particularly worth mentioning that [ACG+08] constructed polarized smooth projective fourfolds whose Ross–Thomas slope degenerations of the zero and infinity sections all have positive modified Futaki invariant, but which do not admit any extremal Kähler metric, hence do not admit any cscK metric. However, proving that an example produced by this mechanism is K-polystable (or even K-semistable) is a very difficult task, as one needs to consider all normal ample algebraic test configurations instead of only the ones obtained from the Ross–Thomas degenerations. As mentioned in [ACG+08], verbatim:

While we cannot prove that there is no other (algebraic) test configuration which would detect this instability, it is difficult to imagine how such a test configuration could be constructed.

In other words, [ACG+08] provided a mechanism for the construction of potential counterexamples to the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture, i.e. well-described polarized smooth projective varieties. However, proving the K-polystability of polarized smooth projective varieties constructed in such a way essentially requires new mathematical input, and is not a streamlined verification.

Main Theorem. The main theorem of this paper is the construction of a polarized smooth projective fivefold via (a variation of) the mechanism of [ACG+08], and the proof that this polarized smooth projective fivefold is K-polystable but does not admit any extremal Kähler metric.

As a consequence, the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture (Conjecture 1.1) is false. We emphasize that the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture for (log) Fano varieties (cf. [Tia15a, Tia15b, CDS15a, CDS15b, CDS15c, LXZ22]) and the uniform and completed K-stability variations of the cscK Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture (cf. [BJ25b, DZ25, Tru26]) are not affected by this counterexample.

Theorem A (The counterexample).

There exist smooth projective connected complex curves C0,C1,C2,C3C_{0},C_{1},C_{2},C_{3} of genera

(1.1) (3846511,10591,76,46)(3846511,10591,76,46)

such that

(1.2) Hom(Pic0(Ci),Pic0(Cj))=0for ij.\Hom\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i}),\Pic^{0}(C_{j})\bigr)=0\qquad\text{for }i\neq j.

Choose line bundles Mi,LiM_{i},L_{i} on CiC_{i} with

(1.3) (degMi)i=03\displaystyle(\deg M_{i})_{i=0}^{3} =(461999,13962,1068,260),\displaystyle=(461999,13962,1068,260),
(degLi)i=03\displaystyle(\deg L_{i})_{i=0}^{3} =(13397971,11635,712,104).\displaystyle=(13397971,-11635,-712,-104).

Put

(1.4) B=i=03Ci,M=i=03Mi,L=i=03Li,B=\prod_{i=0}^{3}C_{i},\qquad M=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}M_{i},\qquad L=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}L_{i},

and, in the quotient convention, put

(1.5) π:X=B(𝒪BL)B,A=𝒪X(1)πM.\pi\colon X=\mathbb{P}_{B}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L)\to B,\qquad A=\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)\otimes\pi^{*}M.

Then the following statements hold.

  1. (1)

    (X,A)(X,A) is a smooth polarized complex projective fivefold, and Aut0(X)=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*} acts by fiber scaling.

  2. (2)

    For every positive integer ee, every normal ample algebraic test configuration with generic polarized fiber (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) has nonnegative Donaldson–Futaki invariant. Equality holds only for a polarized product test configuration induced by an integral one-parameter subgroup of fiber scaling together with a scalar character on the polarization.

  3. (3)

    The class c1(A)c_{1}(A) contains no extremal Kähler metric and hence no constant scalar curvature Kähler metric.

Consequently, (X,A)(X,A) is an explicit counterexample to Conjecture 1.1.

To the author’s knowledge, Theorem A gives the first smooth polarized projective variety which is K-polystable in the Donaldson–Futaki sense with respect to every normal ample algebraic test configuration of every positive exponent, but whose polarization class contains no cscK metric. The K-polystability assertion includes both global nonnegativity and product rigidity in the zero-invariant case, and it imposes no equivariance assumption.

The construction continues a line of examples originating in the ruled-surface work of Tønnesen-Friedman [TF98], the admissible projective-bundle theory [ACG+11], and the splitting theorem of Apostolov–Huang [AH15]. The authors of [ACG+08] constructed polarized fourfolds whose admissible extremal polynomial is positive at every rational point but has an irrational repeated interior zero. The detecting degeneration in that example was not algebraic [ACG+08, Example 1, pp. 580–581], and the authors left open whether an algebraic test configuration detects the instability [ACG+08, p. 551]. For projectivizations over a curve, Jubert–Yin recently proved a relative uniform correspondence with respect to compatible test configurations [JY26, Theorem A and Corollary A]. Moreover, the Futaki character of the fourfold constructed in [ACG+08, Example 1] is nonzero [ACG+08, Proposition 6 and the discussion following Proposition 8]. Székelyhidi later interpreted the irrational degeneration as a non-finitely-generated filtration in work with an appendix by Boucksom [Sze15, Section 4], while Dervan proved instability in the transcendental Kähler framework [Der18, Example 2.15]. Apostolov–Pym–Streets continued to describe the general polarized problem as open [APS26, Section 1.1 and Remark 4.6(5)].

It is worth mentioning that our construction, although it generally follows the mechanism of [ACG+08], has a slight difference: the construction in [ACG+08] provides a fourfold, while our example is a fivefold. The five-dimensional construction in Theorem A has a four-dimensional base and one projective-line direction. The large genera and degrees in (1.1)–(1.3) give an integral realization of the required boundary polynomial. The fourth curve factor and the vanishing in (1.2) also give the rigidity and multiplication properties needed to classify arbitrary algebraic test configurations. Therefore, although the extra dimension does not alter the irrational destabilizing mechanism, it makes the full K-polystability assertion provable.

Remark 1.3.

It is also worth mentioning that the identity component of the automorphism group of XX in Theorem A is Aut0(X)=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}; in particular, the automorphism group of XX is infinite. It remains interesting to ask whether the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture holds under the extra condition that Aut0(X)\Aut^{0}(X) is trivial (cf. [Der25, Theorem 1.1]) or finite.

1.4. The equality case

The proof of Theorem A consists of three parts: (i) the non-existence of extremal Kähler metrics, (ii) the K-semistability, and (iii) the passage from K-semistability to K-polystability. The major difficulty of the proof, which requires essential new mathematical input, is in part (iii), as one needs to consider all normal ample test configurations with zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant. Our way of doing this is to make a complete classification of all of them for the precise example in Theorem A.

Theorem B (Zero-invariant test configurations are products).

Let (X,A)(X,A) and the data B,M,LB,M,L be as in Theorem A. Let ee be a positive integer, and let 𝒯\mathcal{T} be a normal ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). Then DF(𝒯)0\DF(\mathcal{T})\geq 0. If DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0, then there exist integers α,β\alpha,\beta with the following property. For m1m\geq 1 and 0jem0\leq j\leq em, put

(1.6) Vem,j=H0(B,MemLj).V_{em,j}=H^{0}(B,M^{em}\otimes L^{j}).

The increasing filtration of 𝒯\mathcal{T}, in the convention of Definition 2.1, has the single jump

(1.7) αm+βj\alpha m+\beta j

on every block Vem,jV_{em,j}. The configuration is the polarized product in which fiber scaling contributes βj\beta j and the scalar character contributes αm\alpha m to this jump.

Theorem B essentially says that the Codogni–Stoppa conjecture [CS19, Conjecture 1] holds in the normal category for the example in Theorem A. Let TT\simeq\mathbb{C}^{*} be the fiber-scaling torus. For G=TG=T, Theorem B proves that every normal zero-invariant test configuration, without an equivariance assumption, is the product induced by a one-parameter subgroup of TT, up to a scalar character. This confirms [CS19, Conjecture 1] for this specific example.

Note that no counterpart of the Fano reduction to special test configurations is available here. The proof of Theorem B, therefore, is essentially new: the idea is to compare every graded space of sections together with the marking of its generic fiber, rather than restricting the class of degenerations.

We remark that Corollary 1.5 extends this result to arbitrary ample test configurations: equality holds precisely when the normalization is such a product and the normalization morphism is an isomorphism away from codimension two.

1.5. The reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient

We next explain why K-polystability has no positive uniform margin in this example, i.e. the polarized manifold is not uniformly relatively K-polystable. For the family in Theorem C, the reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient has infimum zero, and the family violates every positive uniform relative inequality.

Theorem C (Vanishing of the reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient).

Let (X,A)(X,A) be the polarized fivefold in Theorem A, and put T=Aut0(X)=T=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}. Let (Qn)n0(Q_{n})_{n\geq 0} be the Fibonacci sequence defined by

(1.8) Q0=0,Q1=1,Qn+1=Qn+Qn1(n1).Q_{0}=0,\qquad Q_{1}=1,\qquad Q_{n+1}=Q_{n}+Q_{n-1}\quad(n\geq 1).

For n3n\geq 3, put

(1.9) pn=Qn,qn=Qn+2,μn=pnqn.p_{n}=Q_{n},\qquad q_{n}=Q_{n+2},\qquad\mu_{n}=\frac{p_{n}}{q_{n}}.

For every n3n\geq 3 and every sufficiently divisible positive integer rnr_{n}, there exists a normal nonproduct TT-equivariant algebraic test configuration 𝒯n\mathcal{T}_{n} of exponent rnr_{n} for (X,A)(X,A) whose single increasing filtration entry, in the convention of Definition 2.1, on

(1.10) Vrnk,j=H0(B,MrnkLj),k1,0jrnk,V_{r_{n}k,j}=H^{0}(B,M^{r_{n}k}\otimes L^{j}),\qquad k\geq 1,\qquad 0\leq j\leq r_{n}k,

is

(1.11) max{0,qnjpnrnk}.\max\{0,q_{n}j-p_{n}r_{n}k\}.

Moreover,

(1.12) 13<μn<12,μnλ=352=φ2,φ=1+52.\frac{1}{3}<\mu_{n}<\frac{1}{2},\qquad\mu_{n}\to\lambda=\frac{3-\sqrt{5}}{2}=\varphi^{-2},\qquad\varphi=\frac{1+\sqrt{5}}{2}.

Writing DFn=DF(𝒯n)\DF_{n}=\DF(\mathcal{T}_{n}) and JT,nNA=JTNA(𝒯n)J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}=J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}_{n}) for the reduced non-Archimedean JJ-functional of [NS21, Definitions 3.6.1 and 3.6.3], we have

(1.13) DFn=Kμn(1μn)a0qn3>0,JT,nNAqn1946080,\DF_{n}=\frac{K\mu_{n}(1-\mu_{n})}{a_{0}q_{n}^{3}}>0,\qquad\frac{J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}}{q_{n}}\geq\frac{19}{46080},

where

(1.14) Cbd=461999232735652,K=90Cbd,p(x)=Cbd(1+29x)(65x)(32x)(52x),a0=01p(x)dx.\begin{split}C_{\mathrm{bd}}&=461999\cdot 2327\cdot 356\cdot 52,\qquad K=90C_{\mathrm{bd}},\\ p(x)&=C_{\mathrm{bd}}(1+29x)(6-5x)(3-2x)(5-2x),\qquad a_{0}=\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx.\end{split}

Consequently,

(1.15) infn3DFnJT,nNA=0.\inf_{n\geq 3}\frac{\DF_{n}}{J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}}=0.

Thus the reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient of this explicit family has infimum zero. The pair (X,A)(X,A) is not uniformly relatively K-polystable in the sense of [NS21, Definition 3.7.1(4)].

Theorems A and C separate K-polystability and uniform K-stability explicitly. K-polystability excludes nonproduct zero-invariant configurations, while the positive gap collapses along the rational Fibonacci approximants to the irrational crease. Uniform relative K-stability therefore rejects the example which K-polystability accepts.

Remark 1.4.

Hattori exhibited K-stable but not uniformly K-stable examples among polarized normal pairs [Hat26, Corollary 7.5] that are not klt (but log canonical), and among connected deminormal surfaces [Hat26, Corollary 7.7]. These are algebraic separation results and do not assert the nonexistence of cscK metrics. There are also smooth examples concerning J-stability [Hat26, Theorem 7.3]. Hattori also conjectured that K-stable but not uniformly K-stable examples should exist for normal polarized varieties [Hat26, Conjecture 7.6]. However, the construction of Hattori essentially used the strictly log canonical property and seems difficult to generalize to the smooth/klt category. The construction of our paper is inspired by [ACG+08] instead.

1.6. Scheme-theoretic consequences

Finally, as we discussed in Remark 1.2, the definition of K-polystability via test configurations has changed throughout history. In Theorem A, we only consider normal ample test configurations, which seems to be the standard category of test configurations to consider in modern terminology. Another modern convention is to consider arbitrary ample test configurations and to allow zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant exactly for those that are products in codimension two, in the spirit of [Sto11]. This condition should not be identified with the weaker zero-norm or almost-trivial condition in the current terminology. We show that, even adopting this convention, the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture still fails.

Corollary 1.5 (Scheme-theoretic extension).

Let (X,A)(X,A) be the polarized fivefold in Theorem A. Let ee be a positive integer, and let (𝒴,)(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}) be an ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). No normality assumption is imposed on 𝒴\mathcal{Y}, and the central fiber may be nonreduced. Let ν:𝒴ν𝒴\nu\colon\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}\to\mathcal{Y} denote the normalization. Then

(1.16) DF(𝒴,)0.\DF(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})\geq 0.

Equality holds if and only if (𝒴ν,ν)(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\nu^{*}\mathcal{H}) is the polarized product test configuration induced by an integral one-parameter subgroup of fiber scaling together with a scalar character, and ν\nu is an isomorphism away from a closed subset of 𝒴\mathcal{Y} of codimension at least two.

For completeness, we provide the following well-known corollary, which indicates that allowing codimension-two defects in the equality clause is necessary for the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture.

Corollary 1.6.

Under the unrepaired scheme-theoretic convention in which zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant is permitted only for an actual product test configuration, K-polystability is not necessary for the existence of a cscK metric. The polarized curve (1,𝒪1(1))(\mathbb{P}^{1},\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(1)) carries a cscK metric but does not satisfy this literal equality condition.

1.7. Sketch of the proofs

We now explain the three parts of the proof. We first construct the polarized fivefold and compute an admissible boundary polynomial with a unique irrational interior zero. Smooth admissible metrics whose error in scalar curvature tends to zero, together with Donaldson’s lower bound, give K-semistability at every exponent. Circle invariance, equivariant openness, uniqueness, and naturality identify nearby extremal metrics with explicit admissible profiles. Their normalized momenta and profiles converge uniformly. At the interior zero of the limiting profile, this would make a nonzero fiber-scaling vector field have zero length for the limiting extremal metric, which is impossible. In particular, this argument does not require a classification of the limiting metric.

For Theorem B, we begin with an arbitrary normal ample test configuration 𝒯\mathcal{T} for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) with DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0 and specialize its filtration in the two directions of the fiber-scaling action. The two convex transforms are affine in the fiber coordinate, and their coefficients coincide and are rational. After a ramified base change clears the denominators, the normalization of 𝒯\mathcal{T} is compared with an integral product test configuration by Proposition 5.9. Lemma 6.8 identifies the relative Smith integers with the residual jumps in the correct direction, and Proposition 6.4 upgrades their asymptotic vanishing to equality of the marked section algebras. Descending through the base change leaves a possible rounding in the affine weights; Lemma 4.13 excludes that rounding and proves that the original test configuration is a product.

Finally, Theorem C follows from a separate explicit calculation. Rational Fibonacci creases converge to the irrational double zero. The Fibonacci recurrence gives cubic decay of the Donaldson–Futaki invariant in the denominator, while the reduced non-Archimedean JJ-functional remains of linear size.

1.8. Structure of the paper

Section 2 fixes the conventions used throughout the paper. Section 3 constructs the polarized fivefold and proves the analytic assertions. Section 4 proves affine rigidity for the two opposite initial filtrations. Section 5 identifies their common rational profile and constructs the integral product comparator after base change. Section 6 proves the equality classification. Section 7 proves Theorem A and derives Corollaries 1.5 and 1.6. Section 8 constructs the rational single-crease test configurations and proves Theorem C.

Remark 1.7.

The main result of this paper was obtained using generative AI, particularly GPT-5.6-sol, Fable 5, and the Danus system. Danus is a specialized agent built on the Rethlas system and is substantially more capable of conducting fundamental mathematical research. See [Liu+26] and [Ju+26] for detailed introductions to the Danus system and the Rethlas system, respectively. The author is fully responsible for the correctness of the paper.

The use of generative AI in this paper is discussed in detail in Appendix A, which is joint work with Bin Dong and Guoxiong Gao.

Acknowledgements

The work was partially supported by the National Key R&D Program of China #2024YFA1014400.

The author would like to thank Bin Dong, Guoxiong Gao, Chi Li, Gang Tian, and Kewei Zhang for their enormous efforts in assisting with the verification of the paper and for many useful comments. The author would like to thank Bin Wu for carrying out the comparison tests with the other agent systems. The author would like to thank other members of the Rethlas and Danus team (namely Leheng Chen, Guoxiong Gao, Jiedong Jiang, Haocheng Ju, Shurui Liu, Zeming Sun, Yuefeng Wang, Bin Wu, Liang Xiao, and Bin Dong) for their contributions to the development of these systems. The author would like to thank Ruochuan Liu and Gang Tian for constant support and encouragement.

2. Preliminaries

We recall the conventions for test configurations and scalar curvature that will be used throughout the paper. We work over the field of complex numbers \mathbb{C}.

2.1. Test configurations and K-polystability

In this subsection, we fix the stability convention used in the statements of the main results.

Definition 2.1 (Test configurations).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized projective variety. A test configuration of exponent e1e\geq 1 for (Y,H)(Y,H) means an algebraic test configuration in the sense of [Don02, Definitions 2.1.1–2.1.2] whose generic polarized fiber is (Y,He)(Y,H^{e}). It is normal ample if its total space is normal and its relative polarization is ample. A polarized product test configuration is one induced by an algebraic one-parameter subgroup of Aut(Y)\Aut(Y), together with a scalar character on the polarization. After fixing an equivariant product identification over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}, let τ(s)\tau(s) be the largest integer for which tτ(s)st^{-\tau(s)}s extends over the test configuration. This is the jump of the decreasing extension-order filtration. We use the increasing entry i(s)=τ(s)i(s)=-\tau(s); equivalently, i(s)λi(s)\leq\lambda precisely when tλst^{\lambda}s extends. These entries are the negatives of the algebraic weights on the central fiber. We therefore label product data by their contributions to the increasing entries: fiber scaling contributes βj\beta j on the block indexed by jj, and the scalar character contributes cmcm in section degree mm. The algebraic weights on sections of the central fiber are βj-\beta j and cm-cm. This convention fixes all character signs used throughout the paper. The probability measure obtained from the normalized increasing entries is called the entry law. It is the reflection under xxx\mapsto-x of the standard central-weight Duistermaat–Heckman law.

Definition 2.2 (K-polystability).

A polarized projective variety (Y,H)(Y,H) is K-semistable with respect to normal ample algebraic test configurations if every such test configuration of every positive exponent has nonnegative Donaldson–Futaki invariant. It is K-polystable if, in addition, equality occurs only for polarized product test configurations.

2.2. Scalar curvature

In this subsection, we record the normalization used in the analytic and algebraic formulas.

Notation 2.3 (Scalar-curvature normalization).

Throughout the paper, Scal(ω)\Scal(\omega) denotes the Riemannian scalar curvature divided by 4π4\pi. This is the normalization used in the Donaldson–Futaki formulas in this paper; it does not affect whether a Kähler metric has constant scalar curvature or is extremal.

3. The fivefold and its Kähler geometry

In this section, we construct the polarized fivefold of Theorem A, compute its admissible boundary polynomial, and prove Propositions 3.12 and 3.13.

3.1. The polarized fivefold

In this subsection, we choose four curves with pairwise Hom-orthogonal Jacobians and construct a smooth polarized fivefold whose connected automorphism group consists of fiber scalings.

Theorem 3.1 (Hyperelliptic Jacobians, [Zar00, Theorem 2.1, p. 124]).

Let KK be a field of characteristic zero, and let fK[x]f\in K[x] be an irreducible polynomial of degree at least five. Assume that the Galois group of ff is either the full symmetric group or the alternating group. If JfJ_{f} is the Jacobian of the smooth projective model of y2=f(x)y^{2}=f(x), then

(3.1) EndK¯(Jf)=.\End_{\overline{K}}(J_{f})=\mathbb{Z}.

In particular, JfJ_{f} is absolutely simple.

Theorem 3.2 (Chow base change, [Yu19, Theorem 1.2]).

Let kKk\subseteq K be a primary field extension, and let GG and HH be semi-abelian varieties over kk. Then base change induces an isomorphism

(3.2) Homk(G,H)HomK(GK,HK).\Hom_{k}(G,H)\simeq\Hom_{K}(G_{K},H_{K}).
Lemma 3.3.

There exist smooth projective connected curves C0,C1,C2,C3C_{0},C_{1},C_{2},C_{3} of genera

(3.3) (g0,g1,g2,g3)=(3846511,10591,76,46)(g_{0},g_{1},g_{2},g_{3})=(3846511,10591,76,46)

such that

(3.4) Hom(Pic0(Ci),Pic0(Cj))=0for ij.\Hom\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i}),\Pic^{0}(C_{j})\bigr)=0\qquad\text{for }i\neq j.
Proof.

We construct the curves over finitely generated fields and then embed those fields into \mathbb{C}. Theorem 3.1 will give simple Jacobians, and the distinct genera will exclude isogenies. For each ii, put ni=2gi+1n_{i}=2g_{i}+1. Choose nin_{i} algebraically independent variables over \mathbb{Q}, let fif_{i} be the monic polynomial whose roots are those variables, and let KiK_{i} be the field generated by the coefficients of fif_{i}. Let LiL_{i} be the rational function field generated by the roots. Every permutation of the algebraically independent roots defines a distinct KiK_{i}-automorphism of LiL_{i}. Conversely, LiL_{i} is the splitting field of fif_{i}, and every KiK_{i}-automorphism of LiL_{i} permutes those roots. Thus fiKi[x]f_{i}\in K_{i}[x] is separable and has Galois group SniS_{n_{i}}. Since this group acts transitively on the roots, fif_{i} is irreducible. The smooth projective model of

(3.5) y2=fi(x)y^{2}=f_{i}(x)

has genus gig_{i}. By Theorem 3.1,

(3.6) EndK¯i(Pic0(Ci))=.\End_{\overline{K}_{i}}\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i})\bigr)=\mathbb{Z}.

Thus each Jacobian is absolutely simple.

We next pass from the fields KiK_{i} to the complex numbers. Choose embeddings KiK_{i}\hookrightarrow\mathbb{C}, extend them to K¯i\overline{K}_{i}\hookrightarrow\mathbb{C}, and base change the curves. Since /K¯i\mathbb{C}/\overline{K}_{i} is a primary extension, Theorem 3.2, applied to the Jacobian over K¯i\overline{K}_{i}, gives

EndK¯i(Pic0(Ci))End(Pic0(Ci)).\End_{\overline{K}_{i}}\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i})\bigr)\simeq\End_{\mathbb{C}}\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i})_{\mathbb{C}}\bigr).

Hence the four resulting complex Jacobians remain simple.

It remains to prove the vanishing of the homomorphism groups in (3.4). Suppose that iji\neq j and that

(3.7) φ:Pic0(Ci)Pic0(Cj)\varphi\colon\Pic^{0}(C_{i})\to\Pic^{0}(C_{j})

is nonzero. Simplicity of the target implies that φ\varphi is surjective, while simplicity of the source implies that the identity component of ker(φ)\ker(\varphi) is trivial. Therefore φ\varphi is an isogeny. This is impossible because gigjg_{i}\neq g_{j}. We obtain (3.4). ∎

Lemma 3.4.

Let CiC_{i} be a smooth projective connected curve of genus gig_{i} for 0i30\leq i\leq 3, put B=i=03CiB=\prod_{i=0}^{3}C_{i}, and let N=i=03NiN=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}N_{i} and L=i=03LiL=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}L_{i} be line bundles on BB. Fix a positive integer ss. Assume that

(3.8) degNi>0anddeg(NiLis)>0(0i3).\deg N_{i}>0\quad\text{and}\quad\deg(N_{i}\otimes L_{i}^{s})>0\qquad(0\leq i\leq 3).

In the quotient convention, put

(3.9) π:Y=B(𝒪BL)B,H=𝒪Y(s)πN.\pi\colon Y=\mathbb{P}_{B}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L)\to B,\qquad H=\mathcal{O}_{Y}(s)\otimes\pi^{*}N.

Then HH is ample.

Proof.

Put

(3.10) ϵi=min{degNi,deg(NiLis)}>0.\epsilon_{i}=\min\{\deg N_{i},\deg(N_{i}\otimes L_{i}^{s})\}>0.

For k1k\geq 1 and 0jsk0\leq j\leq sk, linearity of the degree in jj gives

(3.11) deg(NikLij)=kdegNi+jdegLikϵi.\deg(N_{i}^{k}\otimes L_{i}^{j})=k\deg N_{i}+j\deg L_{i}\geq k\epsilon_{i}.

Choose kk so large that the right-hand side is at least 2gi+12g_{i}+1 for every ii. If JJ is a line bundle of degree at least 2gi+12g_{i}+1 on CiC_{i} and ZCiZ\subset C_{i} has length two, then the dual of H1(Ci,JZ)H^{1}(C_{i},J\otimes\mathcal{I}_{Z}) is the space of sections of a line bundle of degree

(3.12) 2gi2degJ+2<0.2g_{i}-2-\deg J+2<0.

Thus H0(Ci,J)H0(Z,J|Z)H^{0}(C_{i},J)\to H^{0}(Z,J|_{Z}) is surjective, so JJ is very ample and hence globally generated. It follows that every line bundle NkLjN^{k}\otimes L^{j} in the decomposition

(3.13) H0(Y,Hk)=j=0skH0(B,NkLj)H^{0}(Y,H^{k})=\bigoplus_{j=0}^{sk}H^{0}(B,N^{k}\otimes L^{j})

is then globally generated, while the two endpoint line bundles NkN^{k} and NkLskN^{k}\otimes L^{sk} are very ample on BB.

The evaluation maps of the summands in (3.13) are surjective at every point of BB. Hence the complete linear system of HkH^{k} restricts to the complete linear system of 𝒪1(sk)\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(sk) on every fiber of π\pi and separates points in each fiber. If two points lie over distinct base points, choose at the first point a nonzero endpoint fiber coordinate. The corresponding endpoint summand, j=0j=0 or j=skj=sk, contains a base section which is nonzero at the first base point and vanishes at the second, so it separates the two points even when they lie in different fiber charts.

We next separate tangent vectors. Let vv be a tangent vector at yYy\in Y. If dπ(v)0d\pi(v)\neq 0, choose an endpoint monomial μ\mu which is nonzero at yy and a base section ss which vanishes at π(y)\pi(y) and satisfies dsπ(y)(dπ(v))0ds_{\pi(y)}(d\pi(v))\neq 0. Then

d(πsμ)y(v)=μ(y)dsπ(y)(dπ(v))0,d(\pi^{*}s\cdot\mu)_{y}(v)=\mu(y)\,ds_{\pi(y)}(d\pi(v))\neq 0,

because s(π(y))=0s(\pi(y))=0, so the derivative of μ\mu contributes nothing. If dπ(v)=0d\pi(v)=0, then vv is vertical and is separated by the complete fiber system. Thus HkH^{k} separates points and tangent vectors on YY, so it is very ample. Therefore HH is ample. ∎

Theorem 3.5 (Finite descent of ampleness, [Sta26, Tag 0B5V]).

Let f:YZf\colon Y\to Z be a finite surjective morphism of Noetherian schemes proper over \mathbb{C}, and let HH be a line bundle on ZZ. Then HH is ample if and only if fHf^{*}H is ample.

Proof.

This is [Sta26, Tag 0B5V]. ∎

Lemma 3.6.

Let ZZ be a Noetherian scheme proper over \mathbb{C}, with irreducible components Z1,,ZhZ_{1},\ldots,Z_{h} in its reduction, and let HH be a line bundle on ZZ. If H|ZaH|_{Z_{a}} is ample for every aa, then HH is ample on ZZ.

Proof.

The morphism

(3.14) a=1hZaZ\coprod_{a=1}^{h}Z_{a}\to Z

is finite and surjective. The pullback of HH by (3.14) is ample because its restriction to each open and closed summand ZaZ_{a} is ample. Theorem 3.5 therefore shows that HH is ample on ZZ. ∎

Construction 3.7.

Choose curves as in Lemma 3.3. For 0i30\leq i\leq 3, choose line bundles MiM_{i} and LiL_{i} on CiC_{i} with degree vectors

(3.15) (degM0,degM1,degM2,degM3)\displaystyle(\deg M_{0},\deg M_{1},\deg M_{2},\deg M_{3}) =(461999,13962,1068,260),\displaystyle=(461999,13962,1068,260),
(degL0,degL1,degL2,degL3)\displaystyle(\deg L_{0},\deg L_{1},\deg L_{2},\deg L_{3}) =(13397971,11635,712,104).\displaystyle=(13397971,-11635,-712,-104).

Put

(3.16) B=i=03Ci,M=i=03Mi,L=i=03Li.B=\prod_{i=0}^{3}C_{i},\qquad M=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}M_{i},\qquad L=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}L_{i}.

Using the Grothendieck quotient convention, define

(3.17) π:X=B(𝒪BL)B,A=𝒪X(1)πM.\pi\colon X=\mathbb{P}_{B}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L)\to B,\qquad A=\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)\otimes\pi^{*}M.
Proposition 3.8.

In Construction 3.7, XX is a smooth projective fivefold, AA is ample, and

(3.18) Aut0(X)=.\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}.

The group \mathbb{C}^{*} acts by scaling the LL-summand relative to the 𝒪B\mathcal{O}_{B}-summand.

Proof.

We first prove smoothness and ampleness. We then show that every connected automorphism acts trivially on BB and compute the relative automorphism group from the Euler sequence.

Step 1. In this step, we prove that XX is a smooth projective fivefold and that AA is ample. The degree vectors at the two ends of the fiber interval are

(3.19) (degMi)i=(461999,13962,1068,260)(\deg M_{i})_{i}=(461999,13962,1068,260)

and

(3.20) (deg(MiLi))i=(13859970,2327,356,156).(\deg(M_{i}\otimes L_{i}))_{i}=(13859970,2327,356,156).

Every entry in (3.19) and (3.20) is positive. Lemma 3.4, applied with N=MN=M and s=1s=1, therefore shows that AA is ample. Since BB is a smooth projective fourfold and XX is the projectivization of a rank-two vector bundle on BB, the variety XX is smooth, projective, and dimX=5\dim X=5.

Step 2. In this step, we show that the connected automorphism group acts trivially on BB. The signs in (3.15) imply that

(3.21) H0(B,L)=H0(B,L1)=0.H^{0}(B,L)=H^{0}(B,L^{-1})=0.

The tensor-product decomposition of sections gives both vanishings because L1L_{1} and L01L_{0}^{-1} have negative degree.

Every map from 1\mathbb{P}^{1} to a curve CiC_{i} is constant because gi2g_{i}\geq 2. Hence every rational curve in XX is contained in a fiber of π\pi. Conversely, any two points of a fiber are joined by that fiber. The fibers of π\pi are therefore exactly the equivalence classes generated by chains of rational curves. Every automorphism of XX preserves this equivalence relation and descends, using π𝒪X=𝒪B\pi_{*}\mathcal{O}_{X}=\mathcal{O}_{B}, to an automorphism of BB. Moreover,

(3.22) H0(B,TB)=0H^{0}(B,T_{B})=0

because TB=ipriTCiT_{B}=\bigoplus_{i}\operatorname{pr}_{i}^{*}T_{C_{i}} and each TCiT_{C_{i}} has negative degree. The identity component of the automorphism scheme of the smooth projective variety BB has this space as its Lie algebra. In characteristic zero it is smooth, and hence its zero Lie algebra implies Aut0(B)=1\Aut^{0}(B)=1. It follows that Aut0(X)\Aut^{0}(X) acts trivially on BB and has Lie algebra H0(X,TX/B)H^{0}(X,T_{X/B}).

Step 3. We compute H0(X,TX/B)H^{0}(X,T_{X/B}) and conclude the proof in this step. In the quotient convention, the relative tangent bundle fits into

(3.23) 0𝒪Xπ(𝒪BL)𝒪X(1)TX/B0.0\to\mathcal{O}_{X}\to\pi^{*}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L)^{\vee}\otimes\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)\to T_{X/B}\to 0.

The projective-bundle formula gives π𝒪X=𝒪B\pi_{*}\mathcal{O}_{X}=\mathcal{O}_{B} and R1π𝒪X=0R^{1}\pi_{*}\mathcal{O}_{X}=0. Pushing forward (3.23) and using π𝒪X(1)=𝒪BL\pi_{*}\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)=\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L therefore give

(3.24) πTX/BEnd(𝒪BL)/(𝒪Bid)𝒪BLL1.\pi_{*}T_{X/B}\simeq\End(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L)/(\mathcal{O}_{B}\cdot\operatorname{id})\simeq\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L\oplus L^{-1}.

By (3.21), H0(X,TX/B)H^{0}(X,T_{X/B})\simeq\mathbb{C}. The diagonal automorphisms diag(1,t)\operatorname{diag}(1,t) induce an effective copy of \mathbb{C}^{*} in Aut0(X)\Aut^{0}(X). A connected one-dimensional algebraic group containing this copy equals it, and (3.18) follows. ∎

3.2. The admissible boundary polynomial

In this subsection, we compute the one-variable polynomial that controls both the algebraic and analytic threshold of the polarization AA.

Set-up 3.9.

For 0i30\leq i\leq 3, put

(3.25) αi=degMi,δi=degLi,βi=1gi.\alpha_{i}=\deg M_{i},\qquad\delta_{i}=\deg L_{i},\qquad\beta_{i}=1-g_{i}.

For 0x10\leq x\leq 1, define

(3.26) i(x)=αi+δix,p(x)=i=03i(x),q(x)=i=03βijij(x).\ell_{i}(x)=\alpha_{i}+\delta_{i}x,\qquad p(x)=\prod_{i=0}^{3}\ell_{i}(x),\qquad q(x)=\sum_{i=0}^{3}\beta_{i}\prod_{j\neq i}\ell_{j}(x).

The four affine factors are

(3.27) 0(x)\displaystyle\ell_{0}(x) =461999(1+29x),\displaystyle=461999(1+29x), 1(x)\displaystyle\ell_{1}(x) =2327(65x),\displaystyle=2327(6-5x),
2(x)\displaystyle\ell_{2}(x) =356(32x),\displaystyle=356(3-2x), 3(x)\displaystyle\ell_{3}(x) =52(52x).\displaystyle=52(5-2x).

They are positive on [0,1][0,1]. Finally, set

(3.28) a0=01p(x)𝑑x,a1=p(0)+p(1)2+01q(x)𝑑x,S¯=2a1a0.a_{0}=\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx,\qquad a_{1}=\frac{p(0)+p(1)}{2}+\int_{0}^{1}q(x)\,dx,\qquad\overline{S}=\frac{2a_{1}}{a_{0}}.
Lemma 3.10.

Let FF be the polynomial determined by

(3.29) F′′=2qS¯p,F(0)=0,F(0)=p(0).F^{\prime\prime}=2q-\overline{S}p,\qquad F(0)=0,\qquad F^{\prime}(0)=p(0).

Then

(3.30) F(x)=90(461999)(2327)(356)(52)x(1x)(x23x+1)2.F(x)=90(461999)(2327)(356)(52)x(1-x)(x^{2}-3x+1)^{2}.

Moreover,

(3.31) S¯=13529,F(1)=0,F(1)=p(1),\overline{S}=-\frac{135}{29},\qquad F(1)=0,\qquad F^{\prime}(1)=-p(1),

and the unique zero of FF in (0,1)(0,1) is

(3.32) λ=352,\lambda=\frac{3-\sqrt{5}}{2},

with multiplicity two.

Proof.

We verify an explicit candidate by interpolation at the four roots of the primitive affine factors. We then identify its differential-equation coefficient with S¯\overline{S} and determine its interior zero.

Step 1. In this step, we define the candidate and compute its boundary data. Put

(3.33) (c0,c1,c2,c3)=(461999,2327,356,52),C=i=03ci,K=90C.(c_{0},c_{1},c_{2},c_{3})=(461999,2327,356,52),\qquad C=\prod_{i=0}^{3}c_{i},\qquad K=90C.

Write the primitive affine factors in (3.27) as u0=1+29xu_{0}=1+29x, u1=65xu_{1}=6-5x, u2=32xu_{2}=3-2x, and u3=52xu_{3}=5-2x. Their products at x=0x=0 and x=1x=1 both equal 9090, and hence

(3.34) p(0)=p(1)=K.p(0)=p(1)=K.

Define

(3.35) F0(x)=Kx(1x)(x23x+1)2.F_{0}(x)=Kx(1-x)(x^{2}-3x+1)^{2}.

Then

(3.36) F0′′(x)=KR(x),R(x)=30x4+140x3204x2+102x14.F_{0}^{\prime\prime}(x)=KR(x),\qquad R(x)=-30x^{4}+140x^{3}-204x^{2}+102x-14.

The factorization in (3.35) gives

(3.37) F0(0)=F0(1)=0,F0(0)=p(0),F0(1)=p(1).F_{0}(0)=F_{0}(1)=0,\qquad F_{0}^{\prime}(0)=p(0),\qquad F_{0}^{\prime}(1)=-p(1).

Step 2. In this step, we prove the required differential equation by polynomial interpolation. The roots of u0,u1,u2,u3u_{0},u_{1},u_{2},u_{3} are

(3.38) ρ0=129,ρ1=65,ρ2=32,ρ3=52.\rho_{0}=-\frac{1}{29},\qquad\rho_{1}=\frac{6}{5},\qquad\rho_{2}=\frac{3}{2},\qquad\rho_{3}=\frac{5}{2}.

Substitution in (3.36) gives

(3.39) 45R(ρ0)j0uj(ρ0)\displaystyle\frac{45R(\rho_{0})}{\prod_{j\neq 0}u_{j}(\rho_{0})} =3846510461999,\displaystyle=-\frac{3846510}{461999}, 45R(ρ1)j1uj(ρ1)\displaystyle\frac{45R(\rho_{1})}{\prod_{j\neq 1}u_{j}(\rho_{1})} =105902327,\displaystyle=-\frac{10590}{2327},
45R(ρ2)j2uj(ρ2)\displaystyle\frac{45R(\rho_{2})}{\prod_{j\neq 2}u_{j}(\rho_{2})} =75356,\displaystyle=-\frac{75}{356}, 45R(ρ3)j3uj(ρ3)\displaystyle\frac{45R(\rho_{3})}{\prod_{j\neq 3}u_{j}(\rho_{3})} =4552.\displaystyle=-\frac{45}{52}.

Since

(3.40) (β0,β1,β2,β3)=(3846510,10590,75,45),(\beta_{0},\beta_{1},\beta_{2},\beta_{3})=(-3846510,-10590,-75,-45),

the identities in (3.39) are equivalent to

(3.41) F0′′(ρi)=2βijij(ρi)(0i3).F_{0}^{\prime\prime}(\rho_{i})=2\beta_{i}\prod_{j\neq i}\ell_{j}(\rho_{i})\qquad(0\leq i\leq 3).

Set s=135/29s=-135/29 and

(3.42) H=F0′′2q+sp.H=F_{0}^{\prime\prime}-2q+sp.

By (3.41), H(ρi)=0H(\rho_{i})=0 for every ii. The leading coefficients of F0′′F_{0}^{\prime\prime} and pp are 2700C-2700C and 580C-580C, while degq3\deg q\leq 3. Thus the coefficient of degree four in HH equals

(3.43) 2700C+s(580C)=0.-2700C+s(-580C)=0.

We have degH3\deg H\leq 3, and the four distinct zeros force H=0H=0. Therefore

(3.44) F0′′=2qsp.F_{0}^{\prime\prime}=2q-sp.

Step 3. In this step, we identify ss with the coefficient S¯\overline{S} in Set-up 3.9. Integrating (3.44) over [0,1][0,1] and using (3.37), we obtain

(3.45) s01p(x)𝑑x=p(0)+p(1)+201q(x)𝑑x=2a1.s\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx=p(0)+p(1)+2\int_{0}^{1}q(x)\,dx=2a_{1}.

Since a0>0a_{0}>0, (3.28) implies that s=S¯s=\overline{S}. Hence F0F_{0} satisfies (3.29). Uniqueness follows because the difference of two solutions has zero second derivative, value, and first derivative at 00.

Step 4. We determine the zero set of FF and conclude the proof in this step. The factor x(1x)x(1-x) is nonnegative on [0,1][0,1], while the remaining factor in (3.30) is a square. The roots of x23x+1x^{2}-3x+1 are (35)/2(3-\sqrt{5})/2 and (3+5)/2(3+\sqrt{5})/2. Only the first root belongs to (0,1)(0,1), and its multiplicity in FF is two. ∎

3.3. Approximation by admissible metrics

In this subsection, we use the boundary polynomial to construct smooth Kähler metrics whose scalar curvatures converge in L2L^{2} to the average scalar curvature.

Theorem 3.11 (Admissible metric formulas, [ACG+08, Theorem 1, Section 1.3, and Proposition 6, especially eq. (10)]).

Let F~\widetilde{F} be smooth on [0,1][0,1], positive on (0,1)(0,1), and assume that

(3.46) F~(0)=F~(1)=0,F~(0)=p(0),F~(1)=p(1).\widetilde{F}(0)=\widetilde{F}(1)=0,\qquad\widetilde{F}^{\prime}(0)=p(0),\qquad\widetilde{F}^{\prime}(1)=-p(1).

Then the admissible construction with profile Θ~=F~/p\widetilde{\Theta}=\widetilde{F}/p defines a Kähler form ω^F~\widehat{\omega}_{\widetilde{F}} in 4πc1(A)4\pi c_{1}(A). Put

(3.47) ωF~=14πω^F~c1(A).\omega_{\widetilde{F}}=\frac{1}{4\pi}\widehat{\omega}_{\widetilde{F}}\in c_{1}(A).

Let ωi\omega_{i} be the constant-curvature form on CiC_{i}, and let θ\theta be the connection one-form in the admissible construction. There exists a constant CB>0C_{B}>0, independent of F~\widetilde{F}, such that

(3.48) dμ(ωF~)\displaystyle d\mu(\omega_{\widetilde{F}}) =CBp(x)dxθi=03ωi,\displaystyle=C_{B}p(x)\,dx\wedge\theta\wedge\bigwedge_{i=0}^{3}\omega_{i},
Scal(ωF~)\displaystyle\Scal(\omega_{\widetilde{F}}) =2q(x)p(x)F~′′(x)p(x).\displaystyle=\frac{2q(x)}{p(x)}-\frac{\widetilde{F}^{\prime\prime}(x)}{p(x)}.

Here Scal\Scal has the normalization fixed in Notation 2.3.

Proposition 3.12.

There exist smooth admissible Kähler metrics ωϵc1(A)\omega_{\epsilon}\in c_{1}(A), indexed by ϵ>0\epsilon>0, such that

(3.49) Scal(ωϵ)S¯L20as ϵ0+.\bigl\lVert\Scal(\omega_{\epsilon})-\overline{S}\bigr\rVert_{L^{2}}\to 0\qquad\text{as }\epsilon\to 0^{+}.

In particular,

(3.50) infωc1(A)Scal(ω)S¯L2=0.\inf_{\omega\in c_{1}(A)}\bigl\lVert\Scal(\omega)-\overline{S}\bigr\rVert_{L^{2}}=0.
Proof.

We perturb FF by a positive polynomial whose value and first derivative vanish at both boundary points. The scalar-curvature formula then makes the dependence of the L2L^{2} error on the perturbation parameter explicit. We first construct smooth admissible profiles in the fixed Kähler class. Put

(3.51) h(x)=x2(1x)2,Fϵ=F+ϵh.h(x)=x^{2}(1-x)^{2},\qquad F_{\epsilon}=F+\epsilon h.

The function hh is positive on (0,1)(0,1) and satisfies

(3.52) h(0)=h(1)=h(0)=h(1)=0.h(0)=h(1)=h^{\prime}(0)=h^{\prime}(1)=0.

Lemma 3.10 shows that F0F\geq 0 and that its only interior zero is λ\lambda. Hence Fϵ>0F_{\epsilon}>0 on (0,1)(0,1), and FϵF_{\epsilon} satisfies (3.46). By Theorem 3.11, it defines a smooth admissible metric ωϵc1(A)\omega_{\epsilon}\in c_{1}(A).

We next compute the scalar-curvature error and its mean. By (3.29) and (3.48),

(3.53) Scal(ωϵ)S¯=ϵh′′p.\Scal(\omega_{\epsilon})-\overline{S}=-\epsilon\frac{h^{\prime\prime}}{p}.

The mean of the right-hand side is zero because

(3.54) 01h′′(x)𝑑x=h(1)h(0)=0.\int_{0}^{1}h^{\prime\prime}(x)\,dx=h^{\prime}(1)-h^{\prime}(0)=0.

We finally estimate the L2L^{2} norm. Combining (3.48) and (3.53), we obtain

(3.55) Scal(ωϵ)S¯L22=CBϵ201(h′′(x))2p(x)dx.\bigl\lVert\Scal(\omega_{\epsilon})-\overline{S}\bigr\rVert_{L^{2}}^{2}=C_{B}\epsilon^{2}\int_{0}^{1}\frac{(h^{\prime\prime}(x))^{2}}{p(x)}\,dx.

The positive function pp has a positive minimum on [0,1][0,1], so the integral in (3.55) is finite. Letting ϵ0+\epsilon\to 0^{+} proves (3.49) and (3.50). ∎

3.4. Nonexistence of extremal metrics

We prove Proposition 3.13 by deforming a hypothetical extremal metric to nearby admissible classes and then passing the explicit momentum-profile identity to the limit.

Proposition 3.13.

The class c1(A)c_{1}(A) contains no extremal Kähler metric. In particular, it contains no cscK metric.

We first state the external analytic inputs and the local computations used to prove Proposition 3.13.

Theorem 3.14 (Constructive admissible-extremal theorem, [ACG+08, Proposition 1, pp. 553–554; Lemma 5, p. 567; Proposition 8 and the paragraph following it, pp. 569–570]).

Let Ω\Omega be an admissible Kähler class on a split projective-line bundle over a local product of cscK factors, with momentum coordinate z[1,1]z\in[-1,1]. Let

(3.56) pc(z)=a(1+xaz)da,p_{c}(z)=\prod_{a}(1+x_{a}z)^{d_{a}},

where xax_{a} and dad_{a} are the admissible parameters and multiplicities. There exists a unique polynomial FΩF_{\Omega} satisfying the extremal differential equation and the conditions

(3.57) FΩ(1)\displaystyle F_{\Omega}(-1) =FΩ(1)=0,\displaystyle=F_{\Omega}(1)=0,
FΩ(1)\displaystyle F_{\Omega}^{\prime}(-1) =2pc(1),\displaystyle=2p_{c}(-1), FΩ(1)\displaystyle F_{\Omega}^{\prime}(1) =2pc(1).\displaystyle=-2p_{c}(1).

If FΩ>0F_{\Omega}>0 on (1,1)(-1,1), then Θ=FΩ/pc\Theta=F_{\Omega}/p_{c} defines a smooth admissible extremal metric in Ω\Omega. Conversely, every admissible extremal metric in Ω\Omega has this profile and requires FΩ>0F_{\Omega}>0 on (1,1)(-1,1). Let KK be the real generator of the fiber circle in the normalization of [ACG+08, eq. (1)], and denote the two fixed sections by EE_{-} and E+E_{+} according to the value of the momentum coordinate. If gΘg_{\Theta} and ωΘ\omega_{\Theta} are the resulting Riemannian and Kähler metrics, then

(3.58) dz=ιKωΘ,z|E=1,z|E+=1,gΘ(K,K)=Θ(z).dz=-\iota_{K}\omega_{\Theta},\qquad z|_{E_{-}}=-1,\qquad z|_{E_{+}}=1,\qquad g_{\Theta}(K,K)=\Theta(z).
Theorem 3.15 (Maximal compactness, [Cal85, Theorem 3]; see also [CPZ15, Theorem 4.1]).

Let YY be a compact complex manifold with an extremal Kähler metric. Then the identity component of the holomorphic isometry group is a maximal compact connected subgroup of Aut0(Y)\Aut^{0}(Y).

Theorem 3.16 (Equivariant C2C^{2} openness of extremal metrics, [LS93, Section 5, pp. 263–269, especially Propositions 7–8]).

Let (Y,ω0)(Y,\omega_{0}) be a compact extremal Kähler manifold, and let GG be the identity component of the isometry group of ω0\omega_{0}. There exists a neighborhood 𝒰\mathcal{U} of [ω0][\omega_{0}] in the space of GG-invariant Kähler classes such that every Ω𝒰\Omega\in\mathcal{U} contains a GG-invariant extremal metric ωΩ\omega_{\Omega}. After fixing the gauge, if Ωk[ω0]\Omega_{k}\to[\omega_{0}], then these metrics may be chosen so that ωΩkω0\omega_{\Omega_{k}}\to\omega_{0} in C2C^{2}.

Proof.

Put n=dimYn=\dim_{\mathbb{C}}Y and fix an integer k>nk>n. Let 1,1\mathcal{H}^{1,1} be the finite-dimensional space of real ω0\omega_{0}-harmonic (1,1)(1,1)-forms. The connected group GG acts trivially on cohomology and by isometries, so every element of 1,1\mathcal{H}^{1,1} is GG-invariant. Let L,G2L^{2}_{\ell,G} be the real GG-invariant Sobolev space of order \ell, and let L,G2\mathcal{I}_{\ell}\subset L^{2}_{\ell,G} be the L2L^{2}-orthogonal complement of the kernel of the Lichnerowicz operator of ω0\omega_{0}. This is the gauge which removes the holomorphy-potential directions.

Let Π0\Pi_{0} and Πα,φ\Pi_{\alpha,\varphi} denote the L2L^{2}-projectors onto the holomorphy potentials for ω0\omega_{0} and ω0+α+1¯φ\omega_{0}+\alpha+\sqrt{-1}\,\partial\bar{\partial}\varphi, respectively, and let sα,φs_{\alpha,\varphi} be the scalar curvature of the latter metric. On a neighborhood of (0,0)(0,0) in 1,1×k+4\mathcal{H}^{1,1}\times\mathcal{I}_{k+4}, [LS93, Section 5] constructs the map

(3.59) 𝒮LS(α,φ)=(α,(1Π0)(1Πα,φ)sα,φ)1,1×k.\mathcal{S}_{\mathrm{LS}}(\alpha,\varphi)=\left(\alpha,(1-\Pi_{0})(1-\Pi_{\alpha,\varphi})s_{\alpha,\varphi}\right)\in\mathcal{H}^{1,1}\times\mathcal{I}_{k}.

The kernel identity in equation (5.3) of that paper shows that the second component in (3.59) vanishes exactly when the corresponding metric is extremal. Proposition 7 there proves that this map is C1C^{1} and identifies its linearization; Proposition 8 proves that the linearization is an isomorphism and applies the Banach inverse function theorem. Restricting 𝒮LS1\mathcal{S}_{\mathrm{LS}}^{-1} to 1,1×{0}\mathcal{H}^{1,1}\times\{0\} therefore gives a C1C^{1} map φ\varphi near the origin, with φ(0)=0\varphi(0)=0, such that

(3.60) ωα=ω0+α+1¯φ(α)\omega_{\alpha}=\omega_{0}+\alpha+\sqrt{-1}\,\partial\bar{\partial}\varphi(\alpha)

is a GG-invariant extremal metric. This proves the equivariant existence assertion without changing the group or the gauge.

If αj0\alpha_{j}\to 0 in 1,1\mathcal{H}^{1,1}, continuity of the inverse map gives φ(αj)0\varphi(\alpha_{j})\to 0 in Lk+4,G2L^{2}_{k+4,G}. Since the real dimension is 2n2n and k>nk>n, Sobolev embedding gives Lk+42C4L^{2}_{k+4}\hookrightarrow C^{4}. Taking two derivatives in (3.60) yields ωαjω0\omega_{\alpha_{j}}\to\omega_{0} in C2C^{2}, as asserted. ∎

Theorem 3.17 (Uniqueness of extremal metrics, [BB17, Theorem 4.15]).

Let YY be a compact complex manifold, and let ω0\omega_{0} and ω1\omega_{1} be extremal Kähler metrics in one Kähler class. Then there exists ΦAut0(Y)\Phi\in\Aut^{0}(Y) such that

(3.61) ω1=Φω0.\omega_{1}=\Phi^{*}\omega_{0}.
Set-up 3.18.

Put

(3.62) Ω0=4πc1(A),x=(2931,57,12,14).\Omega_{0}=4\pi c_{1}(A),\qquad x^{*}=\left(\frac{29}{31},-\frac{5}{7},-\frac{1}{2},-\frac{1}{4}\right).

For 0a30\leq a\leq 3, define

(3.63) xa=δa2αa+δa,sa=2βaδa.x_{a}=\frac{\delta_{a}}{2\alpha_{a}+\delta_{a}},\qquad s_{a}=\frac{2\beta_{a}}{\delta_{a}}.

Then (xa)a=x(x_{a})_{a}=x^{*}. Define

(3.64) pc(z)=a=03(1+xaz),qc(z)=a=03saxaba(1+xbz).p_{c}(z)=\prod_{a=0}^{3}(1+x_{a}z),\qquad q_{c}(z)=\sum_{a=0}^{3}s_{a}x_{a}\prod_{b\neq a}(1+x_{b}z).

For 0r20\leq r\leq 2, put

(3.65) αrc=11pc(t)tr𝑑t,\alpha_{r}^{c}=\int_{-1}^{1}p_{c}(t)t^{r}\,dt,

and, for 0r10\leq r\leq 1, put

(3.66) βrc=pc(1)+(1)rpc(1)+11qc(t)tr𝑑t.\beta_{r}^{c}=p_{c}(1)+(-1)^{r}p_{c}(-1)+\int_{-1}^{1}q_{c}(t)t^{r}\,dt.

Let Ac,BcA_{c},B_{c} be determined by

(3.67) Acα1c+Bcα0c=2β0c,Acα2c+Bcα1c=2β1c,A_{c}\alpha_{1}^{c}+B_{c}\alpha_{0}^{c}=-2\beta_{0}^{c},\qquad A_{c}\alpha_{2}^{c}+B_{c}\alpha_{1}^{c}=-2\beta_{1}^{c},

and define

(3.68) Fx(z)=2(z+1)pc(1)+1z((Act+Bc)pc(t)+2qc(t))(zt)𝑑t.F_{x^{*}}(z)=2(z+1)p_{c}(-1)+\int_{-1}^{z}\bigl((A_{c}t+B_{c})p_{c}(t)+2q_{c}(t)\bigr)(z-t)\,dt.

This is the extremal polynomial of Ω0\Omega_{0} in the momentum coordinate z[1,1]z\in[-1,1].

Lemma 3.19.

In Set-up 3.18,

(3.69) Ac=0,Bc=13529,A_{c}=0,\qquad B_{c}=\frac{135}{29},

and

(3.70) Fx(z)=453472(1z2)(z24z1)2.F_{x^{*}}(z)=\frac{45}{3472}(1-z^{2})(z^{2}-4z-1)^{2}.

The unique zero of FxF_{x^{*}} in (1,1)(-1,1) is

(3.71) z0=25,z_{0}=2-\sqrt{5},

with multiplicity two.

Proof.

Expanding (3.64) gives

(3.72) pc(t)\displaystyle p_{c}(t) =1459868t12311736t2+459868t31451736t4,\displaystyle=1-\frac{459}{868}t-\frac{1231}{1736}t^{2}+\frac{459}{868}t^{3}-\frac{145}{1736}t^{4},
qc(t)\displaystyle q_{c}(t) =217395100688+3064550344t+64395100688t245232t3.\displaystyle=-\frac{217395}{100688}+\frac{30645}{50344}t+\frac{64395}{100688}t^{2}-\frac{45}{232}t^{3}.

Termwise integration gives

(3.73) (α0c,α1c,α2c)\displaystyle(\alpha_{0}^{c},\alpha_{1}^{c},\alpha_{2}^{c}) =(19451302,1531085,1636745570),\displaystyle=\left(\frac{1945}{1302},-\frac{153}{1085},\frac{16367}{45570}\right),
(β0c,β1c)\displaystyle(\beta_{0}^{c},\beta_{1}^{c}) =(8752525172,413112586).\displaystyle=\left(-\frac{87525}{25172},\frac{4131}{12586}\right).

Substitution in (3.67) gives (3.69). The determinant is nonzero because α0cα2c(α1c)2\alpha_{0}^{c}\alpha_{2}^{c}-(\alpha_{1}^{c})^{2} is the strictly positive variance of tt for the positive weight pcp_{c}. Substitution in (3.68) and termwise integration give (3.70). The quadratic factor has roots 252-\sqrt{5} and 2+52+\sqrt{5}, and only the first belongs to (1,1)(-1,1). ∎

Set-up 3.20.

Let

(3.74) 𝒟=(0,1)×(1,0)3.\mathcal{D}=(0,1)\times(-1,0)^{3}.

For x𝒟x\in\mathcal{D}, let FxF_{x} be the polynomial obtained from Set-up 3.18 by replacing xx^{*} with xx and keeping the numbers sas_{a} fixed, and put

(3.75) px(z)=a=03(1+xaz).p_{x}(z)=\prod_{a=0}^{3}(1+x_{a}z).

For 0<t<29/310<t<29/31, put

(3.76) xt=xt(1,0,0,0).x_{t}=x^{*}-t(1,0,0,0).
Lemma 3.21 (The nearby admissible classes).

Let

(3.77) ξ=c1(𝒪X(1)),ηaH2(B,)(0a3),\xi=c_{1}\bigl(\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)\bigr),\qquad\eta_{a}\in H^{2}(B,\mathbb{Z})\quad(0\leq a\leq 3),

where ηa\eta_{a} is the pullback to BB of the positive generator of H2(Ca,)H^{2}(C_{a},\mathbb{Z}). For x𝒟x\in\mathcal{D}, put

(3.78) Ω(x)=4πξ+2ππa=03δa(1xa1)ηa.\Omega(x)=4\pi\xi+2\pi\pi^{*}\sum_{a=0}^{3}\delta_{a}\left(\frac{1}{x_{a}}-1\right)\eta_{a}.

Then Ω(x)\Omega(x) is an admissible Kähler class with a representative invariant under the fiber circle. Its restrictions to the two fixed sections and its fiber integral are

(3.79) Ω(x)|E±=2πa=03δa(1xa±1)ηa,1Ω(x)=4π.\Omega(x)|_{E_{\pm}}=2\pi\sum_{a=0}^{3}\delta_{a}\left(\frac{1}{x_{a}}\pm 1\right)\eta_{a},\qquad\int_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}\Omega(x)=4\pi.

Here EE_{-} and E+E_{+} are the sections defined by the quotients 𝒪BL𝒪B\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L\twoheadrightarrow\mathcal{O}_{B} and 𝒪BLL\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L\twoheadrightarrow L, respectively. The extremal polynomial of Ω(x)\Omega(x) in the coordinate zz is FxF_{x}. Moreover,

(3.80) Ω(x)=4πc1(A)=Ω0,Ω(xt)Ω0in H1,1(X,) as t0.\Omega(x^{*})=4\pi c_{1}(A)=\Omega_{0},\qquad\Omega(x_{t})\to\Omega_{0}\quad\text{in }H^{1,1}(X,\mathbb{R})\text{ as }t\downarrow 0.
Proof.

Choose on each CaC_{a} the signed constant-curvature form ω^a\widehat{\omega}_{a} with cohomology class 2πδaηa2\pi\delta_{a}\eta_{a}, and suppress pullbacks to BB and XX. Let θ\theta be the connection in the admissible construction, normalized by

(3.81) θ(K)=1,dθ=a=03ω^a.\theta(K)=1,\qquad d\theta=\sum_{a=0}^{3}\widehat{\omega}_{a}.

On the complement of the two fixed sections, the admissible Kähler form has the expression

(3.82) ω^x=a=031+xazxaω^a+dzθ.\widehat{\omega}_{x}=\sum_{a=0}^{3}\frac{1+x_{a}z}{x_{a}}\widehat{\omega}_{a}+dz\wedge\theta.

For x𝒟x\in\mathcal{D}, the numbers xax_{a} and δa\delta_{a} have equal signs and |xa|<1\lvert x_{a}\rvert<1. Thus every ω^a/xa\widehat{\omega}_{a}/x_{a} is positive and 1+xaz>01+x_{a}z>0 for 1z1-1\leq z\leq 1. The function 1z21-z^{2} is positive on (1,1)(-1,1), vanishes at the endpoints, and has derivatives 22 and 2-2 there. The canonical admissible metric and its compactification in [ACG+08, pp. 553–555, Sections 1.2–1.3] therefore extend (3.82) to a smooth Kähler form on XX invariant under the fiber circle.

The quotient convention is the line convention of [ACG+08, Section 1.3, pp. 554–555] applied to L1𝒪BL^{-1}\oplus\mathcal{O}_{B}. Thus z=1z=-1 on EE_{-} and z=1z=1 on E+E_{+}. At these endpoints, the restrictions of (3.82) are the two classes in (3.79). The circle has period 2π2\pi, so the integral of dzθdz\wedge\theta along a projective-line fiber is 4π4\pi. In the quotient convention, 𝒪X(1)\mathcal{O}_{X}(1) is trivial on EE_{-}, restricts to LL on E+E_{+}, and has degree one on every fiber. The projective-bundle formula now identifies [ω^x][\widehat{\omega}_{x}] with (3.78).

For the specialization, c1(La)=δaηac_{1}(L_{a})=\delta_{a}\eta_{a} and c1(Ma)=αaηac_{1}(M_{a})=\alpha_{a}\eta_{a}. The definition of xx^{*} gives

(3.83) δa(1xa1)=2αa.\delta_{a}\left(\frac{1}{x_{a}^{*}}-1\right)=2\alpha_{a}.

Substitution in (3.78) yields Ω(x)=4π(ξ+πc1(M))=4πc1(A)\Omega(x^{*})=4\pi\bigl(\xi+\pi^{*}c_{1}(M)\bigr)=4\pi c_{1}(A). The convergence in (3.80) follows directly from (3.78) and xtxx_{t}\to x^{*}. It remains to identify the extremal polynomial. The moment system defining FxF_{x} in Set-up 3.20 is the extremal moment system for Ω(x)\Omega(x). Uniqueness in Theorem 3.14 identifies its extremal polynomial with FxF_{x}. ∎

Lemma 3.22.

There exists t0>0t_{0}>0 such that

(3.84) Fxt(z)>0for 0<t<t0 and 1<z<1.F_{x_{t}}(z)>0\qquad\text{for }0<t<t_{0}\text{ and }-1<z<1.

At the double zero z0=25z_{0}=2-\sqrt{5}, the transverse derivative is

(3.85) ddtFxt(z0)|t=0=491483507744547199580574471942517092211370619>0.\left.\frac{d}{dt}F_{x_{t}}(z_{0})\right\rvert_{t=0}=\frac{491483507744547-199580574471942\sqrt{5}}{17092211370619}>0.

Define

(3.86) Θt=Fxtpxt,Θ0=Fxpc.\Theta_{t}=\frac{F_{x_{t}}}{p_{x_{t}}},\qquad\Theta_{0}=\frac{F_{x^{*}}}{p_{c}}.

Then

(3.87) ΘtΘ0C0([1,1])0as t0+.\lVert\Theta_{t}-\Theta_{0}\rVert_{C^{0}([-1,1])}\to 0\qquad\text{as }t\to 0^{+}.
Proof.

We first prove real-analytic dependence on xx and verify the positive transverse derivative. We then treat a neighborhood of the double zero, the two boundary neighborhoods, and the remaining compact set separately.

Step 1. In this step, we prove real-analytic dependence and the positivity in (3.85). For x𝒟x\in\mathcal{D}, the polynomial pxp_{x} in (3.75) is positive on [1,1][-1,1]. The determinant of the corresponding moment system is the negative of the strictly positive weighted variance

(3.88) α0c(x)α2c(x)(α1c(x))2>0.\alpha_{0}^{c}(x)\alpha_{2}^{c}(x)-\bigl(\alpha_{1}^{c}(x)\bigr)^{2}>0.

Hence every coefficient of FxF_{x} depends real-analytically on xx. Differentiating the defining integrals gives (3.85). Its sign follows from

(3.89) 49148350774454725(199580574471942)2=42394009852132257266281978389>0.491483507744547^{2}-5(199580574471942)^{2}\\ =42394009852132257266281978389>0.

Step 2. In this step, we prove positivity near the interior double zero. Let

(3.90) G(z,t)=Fxt(z).G(z,t)=F_{x_{t}}(z).

By Lemma 3.19, G(,0)G(\,\cdot\,,0) is nonnegative on [1,1][-1,1] and vanishes only at 1-1, 11, and z0z_{0}. Joint real-analyticity and (3.85) imply that tG\partial_{t}G remains positive on a neighborhood of z0z_{0} for all sufficiently small t0t\geq 0. Integrating tG\partial_{t}G from 00 to tt proves that G(z,t)>0G(z,t)>0 on this neighborhood when t>0t>0.

Step 3. We prove positivity on the complement of the double-zero neighborhood and conclude the proof in this step. The moment system preserves the four boundary conditions. Since pxtp_{x_{t}} remains uniformly positive, there exist c,M>0c,M>0 such that, after decreasing the upper bound on tt,

(3.91) zG(1,t)c,zG(1,t)c,|z2G(z,t)|M.\partial_{z}G(-1,t)\geq c,\qquad\partial_{z}G(1,t)\leq-c,\qquad\lvert\partial_{z}^{2}G(z,t)\rvert\leq M.

For 0<s<c/M0<s<c/M, integration of the derivative bounds gives

(3.92) G(1+s,t)csM2s2>0,G(1s,t)csM2s2>0.G(-1+s,t)\geq cs-\frac{M}{2}s^{2}>0,\qquad G(1-s,t)\geq cs-\frac{M}{2}s^{2}>0.

On the remaining compact subset, G(,0)G(\,\cdot\,,0) has a positive minimum, which remains positive for small tt. Taking the minimum of the resulting upper bounds on tt proves (3.84). Real-analytic coefficient dependence gives FxtFxF_{x_{t}}\to F_{x^{*}} uniformly on [1,1][-1,1], while pxtpcp_{x_{t}}\to p_{c} uniformly. The polynomial pcp_{c} is strictly positive on [1,1][-1,1], so the denominators in (3.86) are uniformly bounded away from zero for small tt. This proves (3.87). ∎

Lemma 3.23.

Let gΘg_{\Theta} be an admissible Kähler metric on XX, with Kähler form ωΘ\omega_{\Theta}, profile Θ\Theta, and normalized momentum coordinate zz as in (3.58). If ΨAut0(X)\Psi\in\Aut^{0}(X), then ΨgΘ\Psi^{*}g_{\Theta} is admissible for the split bundle in (3.17) and the original fiber circle. Its profile is Θ\Theta, its normalized momentum coordinate is zΨz\circ\Psi, and

(3.93) d(zΨ)=ιK(ΨωΘ),(ΨgΘ)(K,K)=Θ(zΨ).d(z\circ\Psi)=-\iota_{K}(\Psi^{*}\omega_{\Theta}),\qquad(\Psi^{*}g_{\Theta})(K,K)=\Theta(z\circ\Psi).

The values of zΨz\circ\Psi on EE_{-} and E+E_{+} are 1-1 and 11, respectively. If gΘg_{\Theta} is extremal, then ΨgΘ\Psi^{*}g_{\Theta} is extremal.

Proof.

By Proposition 3.8, Ψ\Psi is a fiber scaling. Hence Ψ\Psi covers the identity on BB, fixes EE_{-} and E+E_{+}, and commutes with the fiber circle. In particular, ΨK=K\Psi_{*}K=K. Pulling back (3.58) gives

d(zΨ)=Ψ(dz)=Ψ(ιKωΘ)=ιK(ΨωΘ)d(z\circ\Psi)=\Psi^{*}(dz)=-\Psi^{*}(\iota_{K}\omega_{\Theta})=-\iota_{K}(\Psi^{*}\omega_{\Theta})

and

(ΨgΘ)(K,K)=(gΘ(K,K))Ψ=Θ(zΨ).(\Psi^{*}g_{\Theta})(K,K)=\bigl(g_{\Theta}(K,K)\bigr)\circ\Psi=\Theta(z\circ\Psi).

The fixed-section values and the compactification data are unchanged, so ΨgΘ\Psi^{*}g_{\Theta} is admissible with the asserted profile. Scalar curvature and holomorphicity of its gradient are natural under biholomorphic pullback, which proves the last assertion. ∎

Proof of Proposition 3.13.

Positive rescaling preserves extremality, so it is enough to consider Ω0=4πc1(A)\Omega_{0}=4\pi c_{1}(A). Suppose that Ω0\Omega_{0} contains an extremal metric g0g_{0}. We construct admissible extremal metrics in nearby classes and pass their momentum-profile identity to the limit.

Step 1. In this step, we construct admissible extremal metrics converging to g0g_{0}. By Proposition 3.8, the fiber circle is the unique maximal compact connected subgroup of Aut0(X)=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}. Theorem 3.15 implies that this circle acts isometrically on g0g_{0}. Let KK be its period-2π2\pi real holomorphic generator, oriented as in (3.58).

Choose a sequence tk0t_{k}\downarrow 0 as in Lemma 3.22, and put Ωk=Ω(xtk)\Omega_{k}=\Omega(x_{t_{k}}). Lemma 3.21 shows that these are circle-invariant Kähler classes with fiber integral 4π4\pi and that ΩkΩ0\Omega_{k}\to\Omega_{0}. By Theorem 3.14, there exists an admissible extremal metric g~kΩk\widetilde{g}_{k}\in\Omega_{k} with profile Θtk\Theta_{t_{k}}. By Theorem 3.16, there also exist circle-invariant extremal metrics gkΩkg_{k}\in\Omega_{k} such that

(3.94) gkg0in C2.g_{k}\to g_{0}\qquad\text{in }C^{2}.

Theorem 3.17 gives ΨkAut0(X)\Psi_{k}\in\Aut^{0}(X) such that

(3.95) gk=Ψkg~k.g_{k}=\Psi_{k}^{*}\widetilde{g}_{k}.

Let ωk=gk(J,)\omega_{k}=g_{k}(J\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}) and put zk=zg~kΨkz_{k}=z_{\widetilde{g}_{k}}\circ\Psi_{k}. Lemma 3.23 gives

(3.96) dzk=ιKωk,zk|E=1,zk|E+=1,gk(K,K)=Θtk(zk).dz_{k}=-\iota_{K}\omega_{k},\qquad z_{k}|_{E_{-}}=-1,\qquad z_{k}|_{E_{+}}=1,\qquad g_{k}(K,K)=\Theta_{t_{k}}(z_{k}).

Step 2. In this step, we prove uniform convergence of the normalized momentum coordinates. Fix a background Riemannian metric on XX, let DD be its diameter, and choose qEq_{-}\in E_{-}. The convergence in (3.94) implies that ωkω0=g0(J,)\omega_{k}\to\omega_{0}=g_{0}(J\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}) uniformly. Hence dzk=ιKωkdz_{k}=-\iota_{K}\omega_{k} is uniformly Cauchy. Since zk(q)=1z_{k}(q_{-})=-1, for all k,lk,l and all pXp\in X, integration along a minimizing background geodesic from qq_{-} to pp gives

(3.97) |zk(p)zl(p)|DdzkdzlC0.\lvert z_{k}(p)-z_{l}(p)\rvert\leq D\lVert dz_{k}-dz_{l}\rVert_{C^{0}}.

Thus zkz_{k} converges uniformly to a continuous function ζ:X[1,1]\zeta\colon X\to[-1,1]. Moreover,

(3.98) zkζuniformly,ζ|E=1,ζ|E+=1.z_{k}\to\zeta\quad\text{uniformly},\qquad\zeta|_{E_{-}}=-1,\qquad\zeta|_{E_{+}}=1.

Step 3. We use the interior zero of the limiting profile to obtain a contradiction. Fix bBb\in B. The fiber Xb1X_{b}\simeq\mathbb{P}^{1} meets EE_{-} and E+E_{+}, where ζ\zeta has values 1-1 and 11. The intermediate value theorem therefore gives a point qXbq\in X_{b} such that

(3.99) ζ(q)=z0=25.\zeta(q)=z_{0}=2-\sqrt{5}.

This value lies in (1,1)(-1,1), so qq is not on either fixed section. On each fiber the circle acts by [u:v][u:e1θv][u:v]\mapsto[u:e^{\sqrt{-1}\theta}v] and its generator vanishes only at [1:0][1:0] and [0:1][0:1]. Hence

(3.100) K(q)0.K(q)\neq 0.

By (3.87) and (3.98),

(3.101) Θtk(zk(q))Θ0(ζ(q)).\Theta_{t_{k}}(z_{k}(q))\to\Theta_{0}(\zeta(q)).

The absolute value of the difference in (3.101) is at most ΘtkΘ0C0\lVert\Theta_{t_{k}}-\Theta_{0}\rVert_{C^{0}} plus |Θ0(zk(q))Θ0(ζ(q))|\lvert\Theta_{0}(z_{k}(q))-\Theta_{0}(\zeta(q))\rvert. Passing to the limit in (3.96) and using Lemma 3.19, we obtain

(3.102) g0(K,K)(q)=Θ0(z0)=Fx(z0)pc(z0)=0.g_{0}(K,K)(q)=\Theta_{0}(z_{0})=\frac{F_{x^{*}}(z_{0})}{p_{c}(z_{0})}=0.

This contradicts the positive definiteness of g0g_{0} and (3.100). Thus Ω0\Omega_{0} contains no extremal metric. Rescaling by 1/(4π)1/(4\pi) proves that c1(A)c_{1}(A) contains no extremal metric, and a cscK metric is extremal. ∎

4. Affine transforms of the two fiber-scaling initial filtrations

This section defines the two initial filtrations obtained from the opposite directions of fiber scaling and proves that either convex transform is affine in the fiber coordinate.

4.1. Fixed Veronese gradings and rational rays

We first fix the degree convention and identify the limiting measures on the five-dimensional Newton–Okounkov body and on its rational slices.

Set-up 4.1.

Notation and conditions are as in Construction 3.7. Thus

(4.1) B=i=03Ci,M=i=03Mi,L=i=03Li.B=\prod_{i=0}^{3}C_{i},\qquad M=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}M_{i},\qquad L=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}L_{i}.

The genera and the degrees are

(4.2) (g0,g1,g2,g3)\displaystyle(g_{0},g_{1},g_{2},g_{3}) =(3846511,10591,76,46),\displaystyle=(3846511,10591,76,46),
(4.3) (degMi)i=03\displaystyle(\deg M_{i})_{i=0}^{3} =(461999,13962,1068,260),\displaystyle=(461999,13962,1068,260),
(4.4) (degLi)i=03\displaystyle(\deg L_{i})_{i=0}^{3} =(13397971,11635,712,104).\displaystyle=(13397971,-11635,-712,-104).

The Jacobians satisfy

(4.5) Hom(Pic0(Ci),Pic0(Cj))=0for ij.\Hom\bigl(\Pic^{0}(C_{i}),\Pic^{0}(C_{j})\bigr)=0\qquad\text{for }i\neq j.

We use the quotient convention in

(4.6) X=B(𝒪BL),A=𝒪X(1)πM.X=\mathbb{P}_{B}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L),\qquad A=\mathcal{O}_{X}(1)\otimes\pi^{*}M.

For an actual power dd of AA, fiber scaling gives

(4.7) H0(X,Ad)=j=0dVd,j,Vd,j=H0(B,MdLj).H^{0}(X,A^{d})=\bigoplus_{j=0}^{d}V_{d,j},\qquad V_{d,j}=H^{0}(B,M^{d}\otimes L^{j}).

Fix a positive integer ee, and let 𝒯\mathcal{T} be a normal ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) and such that DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0. Exponent-one degree mm for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) is called the section degree; it corresponds to the actual AA-degree

(4.8) d=em.d=em.

The supported section ring is

(4.9) R[e]=m0H0(X,Aem).R^{[e]}=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}H^{0}(X,A^{em}).

Let aH0(X,Ad)\mathcal{F}_{\leq a}H^{0}(X,A^{d}) be the subspace whose increasing entries are at most aa. Define two one-parameter subgroups on (4.7) by

(4.10) λ+(z)|Vd,j=zjid,λ(z)|Vd,j=zjid.\lambda_{+}(z)|_{V_{d,j}}=z^{j}\operatorname{id},\qquad\lambda_{-}(z)|_{V_{d,j}}=z^{-j}\operatorname{id}.

For ϵ{+,}\epsilon\in\{+,-\} and every a,da,d, put

(4.11) aϵH0(X,Ad)=limz0λϵ(z)aH0(X,Ad),\mathcal{F}^{\epsilon}_{\leq a}H^{0}(X,A^{d})=\lim_{z\to 0}\lambda_{\epsilon}(z)\mathcal{F}_{\leq a}H^{0}(X,A^{d}),

where the limit is taken in the Grassmannian of subspaces of the fixed dimension. These filtered pieces define the two fiber-scaling initial filtrations χϵ\chi^{\epsilon}. Neither initial filtration is recentered or shifted by a character. Denote the convex transform of χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} in actual degree by GϵG^{\epsilon}. If τ(s)\tau(s) is a decreasing-filtration jump, we use the increasing-entry convention

(4.12) i(s)=τ(s),i(st)i(s)+i(t).i(s)=-\tau(s),\qquad i(st)\leq i(s)+i(t).

For 0x10\leq x\leq 1, put

(4.13) hi(x)\displaystyle h_{i}(x) =degMi+xdegLi,\displaystyle=\deg M_{i}+x\deg L_{i},
(4.14) Ωx\displaystyle\Omega_{x} =i=03[0,hi(x)],Ω=0x1{x}×Ωx.\displaystyle=\prod_{i=0}^{3}[0,h_{i}(x)],\qquad\Omega=\bigcup_{0\leq x\leq 1}\{x\}\times\Omega_{x}.

All four functions hih_{i} are positive on [0,1][0,1]. Let μΩ\mu_{\Omega} be normalized five-dimensional Lebesgue measure on Ω\Omega, and define

(4.15) p(x)=i=03hi(x),ρ=p(x)dx01p(t)𝑑t.p(x)=\prod_{i=0}^{3}h_{i}(x),\qquad\rho=\frac{p(x)\,dx}{\int_{0}^{1}p(t)\,dt}.

The xx-marginal of μΩ\mu_{\Omega} is ρ\rho.

When one sign ϵ\epsilon is fixed, we suppress it from the notation. Write id,j,γi_{d,j,\gamma} for the entries of χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} on Vd,jV_{d,j}, counted with multiplicity, and put

(4.16) nd,j=dimVd,j,i¯d,j=1nd,jγid,j,γ.n_{d,j}=\dim V_{d,j},\qquad\overline{i}_{d,j}=\frac{1}{n_{d,j}}\sum_{\gamma}i_{d,j,\gamma}.

We record five external results in the precise forms used in this section.

Theorem 4.2 (Filtered Okounkov equidistribution, [BC11, Theorem 1.11 and Remark 1.12(i)]).

Let a graded linear series containing an ample series carry a multiplicative, linearly bounded filtration, and choose a valuation with one-dimensional leaves. The normalized filtration measures converge to the pushforward of normalized Lebesgue measure on the Newton–Okounkov body by the associated concave transform. After reversing the sign of the filtration jumps, this convergence statement holds for the convex transform in the increasing-entry convention.

Theorem 4.3 (Normal generation on a smooth curve, [FT14, Theorem 4.2]).

Let CC be a smooth projective curve of genus gg, and let NN be a line bundle on CC with degN2g+1\deg N\geq 2g+1. Then the complete section ring of NN is generated in degree one.

Mumford’s curve theorem builds on Gieseker’s method; see [Mum77, Theorem 4.15] and Gieseker’s later account [Gie82].

Theorem 4.4 (Chow stability of embedded curves, [Mum77, Theorem 4.15]).

Let CC be a smooth projective curve of genus g1g\geq 1, and let NN be a line bundle of degree at least 2g+12g+1. The embedding defined by the complete linear system of NN is Chow stable.

The balanced-metric criterion is due independently to Luo and Zhang [Luo98, Zha96]. We use the modern formulation in [AH15, Theorem 2].

Theorem 4.5 (Luo–Zhang balanced-metric criterion, [AH15, Theorem 2]).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a compact polarized projective manifold. Then (Y,H)(Y,H) is Chow polystable if and only if HH admits a balanced Hermitian metric.

Theorem 4.6 (Asymptotic Chow stability, [Don01, Corollary 4]).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized manifold admitting a cscK metric in c1(H)c_{1}(H), and assume that its polarized automorphism group is discrete. Then (Y,Hr)(Y,H^{r}) is Chow stable for every sufficiently large rr.

Lemma 4.7 (Uniform Chow polystability of the base blocks).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. There exists an integer d0d_{0} such that, whenever dd0d\geq d_{0} and 0jd0\leq j\leq d, the complete linear-system embedding of BB defined by MdLjM^{d}\otimes L^{j} is Chow polystable.

Proof.

Put

(4.17) ϵi=min{degMi,degMi+degLi}>0(0i3).\epsilon_{i}=\min\{\deg M_{i},\deg M_{i}+\deg L_{i}\}>0\qquad(0\leq i\leq 3).

The degree of the restriction of MdLjM^{d}\otimes L^{j} to CiC_{i} is

(4.18) ddegMi+jdegLidϵi.d\deg M_{i}+j\deg L_{i}\geq d\epsilon_{i}.

Choose d0d_{0} so that d0ϵi2gi+1d_{0}\epsilon_{i}\geq 2g_{i}+1 for every ii. Theorem 4.4 shows that all four factor embeddings are Chow stable. By Theorem 4.5, each factor polarization admits a balanced Hermitian metric hih_{i}.

Let h=ihih=\boxtimes_{i}h_{i} on MdLjM^{d}\otimes L^{j}. The tensor-product isomorphism identifies an external tensor product of orthonormal factor bases with an orthonormal basis of the product section space. The Bergman function of this basis is the product of the four constant factor Bergman functions, and is therefore constant. Thus hh is balanced. A second application of Theorem 4.5 proves the Chow polystability of the product embedding. ∎

The following normalization ties the Chow stability statements above to the filtration invariants used in the rest of this section. Let (V,N)(V,N) be a polarized projective variety of dimension nn, and let η\eta be a multiplicative linearly bounded filtration of the complete section ring S=k0H0(V,Nk)S=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}H^{0}(V,N^{k}) with rational entries. Fix k1k\geq 1 such that the Veronese subring 0Sk\bigoplus_{\ell\geq 0}S_{k\ell} is generated in degree one, and generate a filtration of this subring from the weighted space SkS_{k}. Regrading SkS_{k\ell} into degree \ell, the Hilbert and increasing-entry total functions of the generated filtration admit two-term expansions

(4.19) h()=α0(k)n+O(n1),W()=β0(k)n+1+O(n),h(\ell)=\alpha_{0}(k)\ell^{n}+O(\ell^{n-1}),\qquad W(\ell)=\beta_{0}(k)\ell^{n+1}+O(\ell^{n}),

because the total weight function of an ample test configuration is a polynomial of degree at most n+1n+1 in all sufficiently large degrees [Don02], [BHJ17, Theorem 3.1]. Writing i¯k\overline{i}_{k} for the mean entry of η\eta on SkS_{k}, the degree-kk Chow weight and the intrinsic asymptotic Chow invariant of η\eta are

(4.20) Chowk(η)=i¯kβ0(k)α0(k),Chow(η)=lim infkChowk(η).\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\eta)=\overline{i}_{k}-\frac{\beta_{0}(k)}{\alpha_{0}(k)},\qquad\operatorname{Chow}_{\infty}(\eta)=\liminf_{k\to\infty}\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\eta).

Adding a constant to all entries in degree kk shifts i¯k\overline{i}_{k} and β0(k)/α0(k)\beta_{0}(k)/\alpha_{0}(k) by the same amount, and a positive rescaling of the entries rescales both terms linearly, so Chowk(η)\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\eta) is computed by the centered integral flag obtained from the degree-kk entries by subtracting the mean and clearing denominators. The one-parameter subgroup associated with this centered flag acts on SkS_{k} with weights the negatives of the centered entries, in the convention of Definition 2.1; its induced degeneration of the section ring is the generated filtration, with total central weight W()+i¯kh()-W(\ell)+\ell\,\overline{i}_{k}\,h(\ell) in degree \ell, and by Mumford’s weight formula the Hilbert–Mumford weight of the Chow point of the embedded cycle V(Sk)V\subset\mathbb{P}(S_{k}^{\vee}), computed on this degeneration, is a positive multiple of its leading normalized coefficient, that is, of Chowk(η)\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\eta) [Mum77, Theorem 2.9]. Chow semistability of the embedding defined by NkN^{k}, and in particular the Chow stability and polystability statements above, therefore implies

(4.21) Chowk(η)0\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\eta)\geq 0

for every such flag supported in degree kk. This is the normalization in which the strictness theorem of [Sze15] is quoted in Section 4.4.

Lemma 4.8 (Fixed-Veronese normalization).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. Fix ϵ{+,}\epsilon\in\{+,-\} and write χ=χϵ\chi=\chi^{\epsilon}. Then χ\chi is block preserving with respect to (4.7), multiplicative, integer valued, and two-sided linearly bounded on R[e]R^{[e]}. In every supported actual degree d=emd=em, its entry multiset agrees with that of 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

Normalize valuation coordinates and filtration entries by dd. The Newton–Okounkov body is Ω\Omega, and χ\chi has a finite convex transform G:ΩG\colon\Omega\to\mathbb{R}. The entry probability laws in actual degree of 𝒯\mathcal{T} and χ\chi are both

(4.22) GμΩ.G_{*}\mu_{\Omega}.

If G~\widetilde{G} is the transform in the exponent-one grading of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}), then its body is eΩe\Omega and

(4.23) G~(eu)=eG(u).\widetilde{G}(eu)=eG(u).

Consequently, the exponent-one entry law is

(4.24) (eG)μΩ.(eG)_{*}\mu_{\Omega}.

Let x=P/Q(0,1)x=P/Q\in(0,1)\cap\mathbb{Q}, where P,QP,Q may be replaced by a common positive multiple so that

(4.25) e|Q,QdegMi+PdegLi2gi+1(0i3).e\mid Q,\qquad Q\deg M_{i}+P\deg L_{i}\geq 2g_{i}+1\quad(0\leq i\leq 3).

Then the exact-ray ring

(4.26) k0VQk,Pk=k0H0(B,(MQLP)k)\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}V_{Qk,Pk}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}H^{0}(B,(M^{Q}\otimes L^{P})^{k})

is graded by the integer kk in this display; we call kk its ray degree. The ring is generated in ray degree one. The restricted filtration has transform yQG(x,y/Q)y^{\prime}\mapsto QG(x,y^{\prime}/Q) on QΩxQ\Omega_{x}, nonnegative asymptotic Chow invariant, and squared norm

(4.27) χP,Q22=Q6vol(Ωx)Ωx(G(x,y)1vol(Ωx)ΩxG(x,z)𝑑z)2dνx(y),\lVert\chi_{P,Q}\rVert_{2}^{2}=Q^{6}\operatorname{vol}(\Omega_{x})\int_{\Omega_{x}}\left(G(x,y)-\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}(\Omega_{x})}\int_{\Omega_{x}}G(x,z)\,dz\right)^{2}d\nu_{x}(y),

where νx\nu_{x} is normalized four-dimensional Lebesgue measure on Ωx\Omega_{x}.

Proof.

We prove the statement in three steps. The first concerns the degreewise initial filtration, the second compares the two gradings, and the third restricts to a rational ray.

Step 1. In this step, we identify the body and the limiting law in actual degree. In a fixed section degree, torus specialization is a Grassmannian limit of every filtered subspace. Such a limit preserves dimension. Taking successive differences of filtered-piece dimensions shows that the complete entry multiset is unchanged. The limiting subspaces are invariant under fiber scaling and hence are direct sums of the blocks Vd,jV_{d,j}. The multiplication inclusions defining a multiplicative filtration are closed conditions on the relevant Grassmannians, so they pass to the limit. Integrality and the common linear bounds are also unchanged.

The valuation defined by the fiber index and product points has one-dimensional leaves. In actual degree dd, its normalized value semigroup has closed convex body Ω\Omega. Restricting the degree semigroup to ee\mathbb{N} does not change the normalized cone or its degree-one slice. Theorem 4.2 identifies the limiting entry law with GμΩG_{*}\mu_{\Omega}. Equality of the degreewise entry multisets identifies this law with that of 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

Step 2. In this step, we compare actual degree with exponent-one degree. Exponent-one degree mm for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) is actual degree d=emd=em. Dividing a valuation vector and an entry by mm, rather than by dd, multiplies both by ee. This proves (4.23) and (4.24).

Step 3. In this step, we identify the rational-ray transform and its norm. Choose P,QP,Q as in (4.25), and put N=MQLPN=M^{Q}\otimes L^{P}. Every factor of NN has degree at least 2gi+12g_{i}+1. Theorem 4.3, the tensor-product decomposition, and the factorwise multiplication maps show that the complete section ring of NN is generated in degree one.

Write x=p/qx=p/q in lowest terms and (P,Q)=(rp,rq)(P,Q)=(rp,rq). For the body and transform, compare the exact-ray filtered cone with the xx-slice of the supported global filtered cone, working temporarily with decreasing jumps. Represent an arbitrary point of the slice by supported sections snVdn,jns_{n}\in V_{d_{n},j_{n}}, where e|dne\mid d_{n}, recorded at levels nτ(sn)\ell_{n}\leq\tau(s_{n}), and with jn/dnp/qj_{n}/d_{n}\to p/q. Put δn=qjnpdn\delta_{n}=qj_{n}-pd_{n}. Choose H1H\geq 1 so that both endpoint blocks VerHh,0V_{erHh,0} and VerHh,erHhV_{erHh,erHh} are nonzero for every h1h\geq 1; this is possible because MM and MLM\otimes L are ample.

If δn0\delta_{n}\geq 0, choose 0unVerHδn,00\neq u_{n}\in V_{erH\delta_{n},0}, using un=1u_{n}=1 when δn=0\delta_{n}=0, and form

(4.28) snperHunVerqHjn,perHjn=VQkn,Pkn,kn=eHjn.s_{n}^{\,perH}u_{n}\in V_{erqHj_{n},\,perHj_{n}}=V_{Qk_{n},Pk_{n}},\qquad k_{n}=eHj_{n}.

If δn<0\delta_{n}<0, put ϵn=pdnqjn\epsilon_{n}=pd_{n}-qj_{n}, choose 0unVerHϵn,erHϵn0\neq u_{n}\in V_{erH\epsilon_{n},erH\epsilon_{n}}, and form

(4.29) sn(qp)erHunVerqH(dnjn),erpH(dnjn)=VQkn,Pkn,kn=eH(dnjn).s_{n}^{\,(q-p)erH}u_{n}\in V_{erqH(d_{n}-j_{n}),\,erpH(d_{n}-j_{n})}=V_{Qk_{n},Pk_{n}},\qquad k_{n}=eH(d_{n}-j_{n}).

These products are nonzero because the section ring is a domain. Record them at the levels supplied by multiplicativity, choosing for unu_{n} an admissible level whose absolute value is bounded linearly by its degree. Since |δn|/dn0\lvert\delta_{n}\rvert/d_{n}\to 0, the endpoint correction has sublinear degree, valuation, and filtration cost relative to the powered main term. Consequently, the normalized exact-ray points converge to the original slice point. The opposite inclusion is tautological, so the closed filtered cones agree. Reflecting back to increasing entries and normalizing by ray degree kk, rather than actual degree QkQk, gives the body QΩxQ\Omega_{x} and the transform yQG(x,y/Q)y^{\prime}\mapsto QG(x,y^{\prime}/Q). The product of constant-curvature metrics on the four curves is cscK in c1(N)c_{1}(N), and the polarized automorphism group is finite. Theorem 4.6 gives Chow stability of the embedding defined by NrN^{r} for every sufficiently large rr, so the Hilbert–Mumford bridge (4.21) gives Chowk(χP,Q)0\operatorname{Chow}_{k}(\chi_{P,Q})\geq 0 for every sufficiently large kk, and the intrinsic asymptotic Chow invariant (4.20) is nonnegative. Theorem 4.2, applied to the exact ray, gives (4.27). All degrees used here are divisible by ee. ∎

4.2. Multiplication along fixed rational pairs

Lemmas 4.9 and  4.10, together with Lemma 4.11, compare the mean entries on two fixed rational blocks with the mean entry on their midpoint block, without requiring the two filtration flags to split across the four curve factors.

Lemma 4.9 (The one-curve multiplication projector).

Let CC be a smooth projective curve of genus g>1g>1, and let E,HE,H be positive line bundles on CC. Choose constant-curvature Hermitian metrics on E,HE,H, and EHE\otimes H, and use the resulting L2L^{2}-products. Put

(4.30) Uk=H0(C,Ek),Vk=H0(C,Hk),Wk=H0(C,(EH)k),U_{k}=H^{0}(C,E^{k}),\qquad V_{k}=H^{0}(C,H^{k}),\qquad W_{k}=H^{0}(C,(E\otimes H)^{k}),

and let qk:UkVkWkq_{k}\colon U_{k}\otimes V_{k}\to W_{k} be multiplication. For all sufficiently large kk, the map qkq_{k} is surjective. Put

(4.31) uk=dimUk,vk=dimVk,wk=dimWk.u_{k}=\dim U_{k},\qquad v_{k}=\dim V_{k},\qquad w_{k}=\dim W_{k}.

Let 𝖯k\mathsf{P}_{k} be the orthogonal projector onto (kerqk)(\ker q_{k})^{\perp}. Then there exist C,ϵ>0C,\epsilon>0 such that

(4.32) TrVk𝖯kwkukIUkopCeϵk,TrUk𝖯kwkvkIVkopCeϵk.\begin{split}\left\lVert\operatorname{Tr}_{V_{k}}\mathsf{P}_{k}-\frac{w_{k}}{u_{k}}I_{U_{k}}\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}&\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k},\\ \left\lVert\operatorname{Tr}_{U_{k}}\mathsf{P}_{k}-\frac{w_{k}}{v_{k}}I_{V_{k}}\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}&\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k}.\end{split}
Proof.

We prove Lemma 4.9 in five steps. The first fixes the metrics, the next two construct the compact Bergman kernels from the disk kernels, the fourth compares their products, and the fifth derives the partial-trace estimates.

Step 1. In this step, we choose constant-curvature metrics and compute the dimensions. Normalize the hyperbolic area form by

(4.33) η=ωhyp4π(g1),Cη=1.\eta=\frac{\omega_{\mathrm{hyp}}}{4\pi(g-1)},\qquad\int_{C}\eta=1.

For a positive line bundle JJ of degree dd, start with a Hermitian metric h0h_{0} and put Θ0=(1/2π)Fh0\Theta_{0}=(\sqrt{-1}/2\pi)F_{h_{0}}. Since C(Θ0𝑑η)=0\int_{C}(\Theta_{0}-d\eta)=0, the scalar Poisson equation gives a smooth real function φ\varphi such that

(4.34) 12π¯φ=dηΘ0.\frac{\sqrt{-1}}{2\pi}\partial\bar{\partial}\varphi=d\eta-\Theta_{0}.

Replacing h0h_{0} by h0eφh_{0}e^{-\varphi}, with the corresponding Chern curvature convention, gives

(4.35) 12πFh=dη.\frac{\sqrt{-1}}{2\pi}F_{h}=d\eta.

We carry out this construction for EE and HH, and use the product metric on EHE\otimes H. If a=degEa=\deg E and b=degHb=\deg H, then, for all sufficiently large kk, the three relevant degrees exceed 2g22g-2 and the dimensions are

(4.36) uk=ak+1g,vk=bk+1g,wk=(a+b)k+1g,ck=ukvkwk.u_{k}=ak+1-g,\qquad v_{k}=bk+1-g,\qquad w_{k}=(a+b)k+1-g,\qquad c_{k}=\frac{u_{k}v_{k}}{w_{k}}.

Step 2. In this step, we compute the exact disk kernel. By uniformization [Jos06, Theorem 4.4.1], after identifying the upper half-plane with the disk, write C=Γ\𝔻C=\Gamma\backslash\mathbb{D}, where Γ<Aut(𝔻)\Gamma<\Aut(\mathbb{D}) is torsion-free and cocompact, and normalize

(4.37) ds2=4|dz|2(1|z|2)2,η=dxdyπ(g1)(1|z|2)2.ds^{2}=\frac{4\lvert dz\rvert^{2}}{(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{2}},\qquad\eta=\frac{dx\,dy}{\pi(g-1)(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{2}}.

For a degree-dd constant-curvature line bundle, the pullback to 𝔻\mathbb{D} is holomorphically trivial: after choosing a smooth frame, we solve its scalar ¯\bar{\partial}-equation on the disk. Fix a holomorphic frame e0e_{0}. With the convention Fh=¯log|e0|h2F_{h}=-\partial\bar{\partial}\log\lvert e_{0}\rvert_{h}^{2}, the identity ¯log(1|z|2)=dzdz¯/(1|z|2)2-\partial\bar{\partial}\log(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})=dz\wedge d\bar{z}/(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{2}, together with (4.35) and (4.37), shows that u=log|e0|h2dlog(1|z|2)/(g1)u=\log\lvert e_{0}\rvert_{h}^{2}-d\log(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})/(g-1) is harmonic. Since 𝔻\mathbb{D} is simply connected, write u=2Reψu=2\operatorname{Re}\psi with ψ\psi holomorphic. Replacing e0e_{0} by eψe0e^{-\psi}e_{0} gives a holomorphic frame ee in which

(4.38) |e(z)|h2=(1|z|2)λd,λd=dg1.\lvert e(z)\rvert_{h}^{2}=(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{\lambda_{d}},\qquad\lambda_{d}=\frac{d}{g-1}.

Because the metric and bundle are pulled back from CC, every deck transformation acts holomorphically and unitarily. In the frame ee, these actions are given by holomorphic factors of automorphy satisfying the cocycle law; Step 3 uses these deck identifications invariantly through the maps ργ,wJ\rho^{J}_{\gamma,w}. The lifted norm of fefe is

(4.39) fe2=1π(g1)𝔻|f(z)|2(1|z|2)λd2𝑑x𝑑y.\lVert fe\rVert^{2}=\frac{1}{\pi(g-1)}\int_{\mathbb{D}}\lvert f(z)\rvert^{2}(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{\lambda_{d}-2}\,dx\,dy.

The monomials are orthogonal and satisfy

(4.40) zn2=n!Γ(λd1)(g1)Γ(n+λd).\lVert z^{n}\rVert^{2}=\frac{n!\,\Gamma(\lambda_{d}-1)}{(g-1)\Gamma(n+\lambda_{d})}.

Summing the binomial series gives the exact weighted disk kernel

(4.41) Π~d(z,w)=(d+1g)(1zw¯)d/(g1).\widetilde{\Pi}_{d}(z,w)=(d+1-g)(1-z\overline{w})^{-d/(g-1)}.

Its invariant norm is

(4.42) |Π~d(z,w)|=(d+1g)cosh(d𝔻(z,w)2)d/(g1).\lvert\widetilde{\Pi}_{d}(z,w)\rvert=(d+1-g)\cosh\left(\frac{d_{\mathbb{D}}(z,w)}{2}\right)^{-d/(g-1)}.

In compatible product frames,

(4.43) Π~d1(z,w)Π~d2(z,w)=(d1+1g)(d2+1g)d1+d2+1gΠ~d1+d2(z,w).\widetilde{\Pi}_{d_{1}}(z,w)\widetilde{\Pi}_{d_{2}}(z,w)=\frac{(d_{1}+1-g)(d_{2}+1-g)}{d_{1}+d_{2}+1-g}\widetilde{\Pi}_{d_{1}+d_{2}}(z,w).

Step 3. In this step, we justify reproduction and periodize the disk kernel. Put

(4.44) dμλ(w)=1π(g1)(1|w|2)λ2dxdy.d\mu_{\lambda}(w)=\frac{1}{\pi(g-1)}(1-\lvert w\rvert^{2})^{\lambda-2}\,dx\,dy.

If ff is holomorphic and belongs to A1(dμλ)A^{1}(d\mu_{\lambda}), the kernel reproduces ff. For polynomials this follows by expanding the kernel and using angular integration and (4.40). For a general ff, let fr(w)=f(rw)f_{r}(w)=f(rw). Rotation invariance of the weight, strong continuity of rotations on weighted L1L^{1}, and the integral representation

f(rw)=02πPr(θ)f(eiθw)dθ2πf(rw)=\int_{0}^{2\pi}P_{r}(\theta)f(e^{i\theta}w)\,\frac{d\theta}{2\pi}

show that frff_{r}\to f in the weighted A1A^{1}-norm as r1r\uparrow 1. Each frf_{r} is holomorphic on a disk larger than the closed unit disk, so its Taylor polynomials converge uniformly there. Since the scalar kernel is bounded in ww for fixed zz, the polynomial identity passes first to frf_{r} and then to ff. Thus

(4.45) f(z)=𝔻(d+1g)(1zw¯)λf(w)dμλ(w).f(z)=\int_{\mathbb{D}}(d+1-g)(1-z\overline{w})^{-\lambda}f(w)\,d\mu_{\lambda}(w).

If s=fes=fe is the lift of a section on CC, its invariant pointwise norm is bounded, and hence

(4.46) |f(z)|C(1|z|2)λ/2.\lvert f(z)\rvert\leq C(1-\lvert z\rvert^{2})^{-\lambda/2}.

For λ>2\lambda>2, the right-hand side belongs to A1(dμλ)A^{1}(d\mu_{\lambda}). Therefore (4.45) applies to all lifted compact sections in the sufficiently positive degrees used in Steps 4 and 5 of this proof.

Let

ργ,wJ:J~wJ~γw\rho^{J}_{\gamma,w}\colon\widetilde{J}_{w}\to\widetilde{J}_{\gamma w}

be the unitary deck identification for a lifted constant-curvature bundle JJ, and define

(4.47) KγJ(z,w)=Π~d(z,γw)ργ,wJ.K^{J}_{\gamma}(z,w)=\widetilde{\Pi}_{d}(z,\gamma w)\circ\rho^{J}_{\gamma,w}.

The compact Bergman kernel is

(4.48) ΠJ(z,w)=γΓKγJ(z,w).\Pi_{J}(z,w)=\sum_{\gamma\in\Gamma}K^{J}_{\gamma}(z,w).

Packing disjoint hyperbolic balls gives the orbit estimate

(4.49) #{γnd(z,γw)<n+1}Cen.\#\{\gamma\mid n\leq d(z,\gamma w)<n+1\}\leq Ce^{n}.

Together with (4.42), this gives normal convergence in sufficiently positive degrees. For a fundamental domain \mathcal{F} and a lifted compact section s~\widetilde{s}, absolute convergence, automorphy, and (4.45) give

(4.50) γKγJ(z,w)s~(w)η(w)\displaystyle\int_{\mathcal{F}}\sum_{\gamma}K^{J}_{\gamma}(z,w)\widetilde{s}(w)\eta(w) =γγΠ~d(z,w)s~(w)η(w)\displaystyle=\sum_{\gamma}\int_{\gamma\mathcal{F}}\widetilde{\Pi}_{d}(z,w^{\prime})\widetilde{s}(w^{\prime})\eta(w^{\prime})
=s~(z).\displaystyle=\widetilde{s}(z).

The cocycle law gives descent, and replacing γ\gamma by γ1\gamma^{-1} gives Hermitian symmetry. This proves (4.48).

Step 4. In this step, we compare the product of the two compact kernels with the kernel of the tensor product. Use the periodization (4.48) for EkE^{k}, HkH^{k}, and (EH)k(E\otimes H)^{k}. The terms with equal deck indices satisfy (4.43), and therefore

(4.51) γKγEk(z,w)KγHk(z,w)=ckΠ(EH)k(z,w).\sum_{\gamma}K^{E^{k}}_{\gamma}(z,w)K^{H^{k}}_{\gamma}(z,w)=c_{k}\Pi_{(E\otimes H)^{k}}(z,w).

Let ι=inj(C)>0\iota=\operatorname{inj}(C)>0. If γδ\gamma\neq\delta, then d(γw,δw)2ιd(\gamma w,\delta w)\geq 2\iota, so at least one of d(z,γw)d(z,\gamma w) and d(z,δw)d(z,\delta w) is at least ι\iota. In that factor of (4.42), split the exponent in half. To display the double summation, after decreasing two positive constants cE,cHc_{E},c_{H} if necessary, put

aγ=cosh(d(z,γw)2)cEk,bδ=cosh(d(z,δw)2)cHk.a_{\gamma}=\cosh\left(\frac{d(z,\gamma w)}{2}\right)^{-c_{E}k},\qquad b_{\delta}=\cosh\left(\frac{d(z,\delta w)}{2}\right)^{-c_{H}k}.

The kernel prefactors are O(k)O(k), while (4.49) gives, uniformly in z,wz,w and large kk,

γaγ1/2+γaγ+δbδ1/2+δbδC.\sum_{\gamma}a_{\gamma}^{1/2}+\sum_{\gamma}a_{\gamma}+\sum_{\delta}b_{\delta}^{1/2}+\sum_{\delta}b_{\delta}\leq C.

Partition the unequal pairs according to which of the two distances is at least ι\iota. One half of the corresponding far factor is at most eϵke^{-\epsilon k}, and therefore

(4.52) γδ|KγEk(z,w)KδHk(z,w)|\displaystyle\sum_{\gamma\neq\delta}\lvert K^{E^{k}}_{\gamma}(z,w)K^{H^{k}}_{\delta}(z,w)\rvert Ck2eϵk(γaγ1/2δbδ+γaγδbδ1/2)\displaystyle\leq Ck^{2}e^{-\epsilon k}\left(\sum_{\gamma}a_{\gamma}^{1/2}\sum_{\delta}b_{\delta}+\sum_{\gamma}a_{\gamma}\sum_{\delta}b_{\delta}^{1/2}\right)
Ceϵk.\displaystyle\leq C^{\prime}e^{-\epsilon^{\prime}k}.

The polynomial prefactor has been absorbed by decreasing the exponential rate. This estimate is uniform on C×CC\times C. Hence

(4.53) supx,yC|ΠEk(x,y)ΠHk(x,y)ckΠ(EH)k(x,y)|Ceϵk.\sup_{x,y\in C}\left\lvert\Pi_{E^{k}}(x,y)\Pi_{H^{k}}(x,y)-c_{k}\Pi_{(E\otimes H)^{k}}(x,y)\right\rvert\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k}.

Step 5. In this step, we pass from kernels to partial traces. The Schwartz kernel of Qk=qkqkQ_{k}=q_{k}q_{k}^{*} is the product of the first two Bergman kernels. Since (C,η)(C,\eta) has total mass one, the uniform bound in (4.53) also bounds the Hilbert–Schmidt norm of the error operator and gives

(4.54) QkckIWkopCeϵk.\lVert Q_{k}-c_{k}I_{W_{k}}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k}.

Since ckkc_{k}\asymp k, the operator QkQ_{k} is invertible for large kk, so qkq_{k} is surjective. The required projector is

(4.55) 𝖯k=qk(qkqk)1qk.\mathsf{P}_{k}=q_{k}^{*}(q_{k}q_{k}^{*})^{-1}q_{k}.

On the diagonal of (4.48), the term indexed by the identity deck transformation is the dimension, and the other terms are exponentially small. Thus

(4.56) ρEk=uk+O(eϵk),ρHk=vk+O(eϵk).\rho_{E^{k}}=u_{k}+O(e^{-\epsilon k}),\qquad\rho_{H^{k}}=v_{k}+O(e^{-\epsilon k}).

For an orthonormal basis (tj)(t_{j}) of VkV_{k}, direct expansion gives

(4.57) TrVk(qkqk)s,s=ChEk(s,s)j|tj|2η.\left\langle\operatorname{Tr}_{V_{k}}(q_{k}^{*}q_{k})s,s^{\prime}\right\rangle=\int_{C}h_{E^{k}}(s,s^{\prime})\sum_{j}\lvert t_{j}\rvert^{2}\eta.

Consequently,

(4.58) TrVk(qkqk)=vkI+O(eϵk),TrUk(qkqk)=ukI+O(eϵk).\operatorname{Tr}_{V_{k}}(q_{k}^{*}q_{k})=v_{k}I+O(e^{-\epsilon k}),\qquad\operatorname{Tr}_{U_{k}}(q_{k}^{*}q_{k})=u_{k}I+O(e^{-\epsilon k}).

Write Qk=ckI+EkQ_{k}=c_{k}I+E_{k}. By (4.54), ck1Ek=O(k1eϵk)\lVert c_{k}^{-1}E_{k}\rVert=O(k^{-1}e^{-\epsilon k}). Expanding (I+ck1Ek)1(I+c_{k}^{-1}E_{k})^{-1} as its convergent geometric series and using qk2=Qk=O(k)\lVert q_{k}\rVert^{2}=\lVert Q_{k}\rVert=O(k) give

(4.59) Qk1=ck1I+O(k2eϵk),𝖯k=ck1qkqk+O(k1eϵk).Q_{k}^{-1}=c_{k}^{-1}I+O(k^{-2}e^{-\epsilon k}),\qquad\mathsf{P}_{k}=c_{k}^{-1}q_{k}^{*}q_{k}+O(k^{-1}e^{-\epsilon k}).

A partial trace costs at most the O(k)O(k) dimension of the traced factor. Combining (4.58) and (4.59) with vk/ck=wk/ukv_{k}/c_{k}=w_{k}/u_{k} and uk/ck=wk/vku_{k}/c_{k}=w_{k}/v_{k} proves (4.32). ∎

Lemma 4.10 (A Plücker estimate for quotient filtrations).

Let q:UVWq\colon U\otimes V\twoheadrightarrow W be a surjective map of finite-dimensional Hermitian spaces of dimensions u,v,wu,v,w. Give U,VU,V arbitrary increasing weighted flags with mean jumps a¯,b¯\overline{a},\overline{b}. If FaUUF^{U}_{\leq a}U and FbVVF^{V}_{\leq b}V are their filtered pieces, give WW the quotient filtration

(4.60) FcqW=a+bcq(FaUUFbVV).F^{q}_{\leq c}W=\sum_{a+b\leq c}q\bigl(F^{U}_{\leq a}U\otimes F^{V}_{\leq b}V\bigr).

Let r¯\overline{r} be its mean jump, and let A,BA,B be the centered self-adjoint flag generators. If PSP_{S} is the orthogonal projector onto S=qWUVS=q^{\vee}W^{*}\subset U^{*}\otimes V^{*}, put

(4.61) μU=TrVPSwuIU,μV=TrUPSwvIV.\mu_{U}=\operatorname{Tr}_{V^{*}}P_{S}-\frac{w}{u}I_{U^{*}},\qquad\mu_{V}=\operatorname{Tr}_{U^{*}}P_{S}-\frac{w}{v}I_{V^{*}}.

Then

(4.62) r¯a¯b¯uμUopAop+vμVopBopw.\overline{r}-\overline{a}-\overline{b}\leq\frac{u\lVert\mu_{U}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lVert A\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}+v\lVert\mu_{V}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lVert B\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}}{w}.
Proof.

Orthogonally split the two flags, choose orthonormal eigenbases (ei)(e_{i}) and (fj)(f_{j}), and set

D=AI+IB.D=A\otimes I+I\otimes B.

The columns q(eifj)q(e_{i}\otimes f_{j}) have centered costs

cij=(aia¯)+(bjb¯).c_{ij}=(a_{i}-\overline{a})+(b_{j}-\overline{b}).

Scanning these costs in increasing order shows that the quotient dimension at a threshold is the rank of the columns available at that threshold. Hence

(4.63) J:==1wrw(a¯+b¯)=min(i,j)IIcij,J^{\circ}:=\sum_{\ell=1}^{w}r_{\ell}-w(\overline{a}+\overline{b})=\min_{I}\sum_{(i,j)\in I}c_{ij},

where II ranges over the column sets giving a basis of WW.

On UVU^{*}\otimes V^{*}, set

X0=A𝖳,Y0=B𝖳,H0=X0I+IY0.X_{0}=-A^{\mathsf{T}},\qquad Y_{0}=-B^{\mathsf{T}},\qquad H_{0}=X_{0}\otimes I+I\otimes Y_{0}.

For a nonzero Plücker vector swSs\in\bigwedge^{w}S, its coordinate indexed by II is nonzero exactly when the corresponding maximal minor of qq is nonzero, and its H0H_{0}-weight is Icij-\sum_{I}c_{ij}. Therefore the largest occurring weight is

(4.64) max(s)=J.\ell_{\max}(s)=-J^{\circ}.

After normalizing ss, the expectation of the additive exterior-power generator is a convex combination of its occurring weights. Hence

(4.65) J\displaystyle-J^{\circ} =max(s)\displaystyle=\ell_{\max}(s)
H0[w]s,s\displaystyle\geq\langle H_{0}^{[w]}s,s\rangle
=Tr(PSH0)=Tr(μUX0)+Tr(μVY0).\displaystyle=\operatorname{Tr}(P_{S}H_{0})=\operatorname{Tr}(\mu_{U}X_{0})+\operatorname{Tr}(\mu_{V}Y_{0}).

In particular,

(4.66) JTr(PSH0)|Tr(PSH0)|.J^{\circ}\leq-\operatorname{Tr}(P_{S}H_{0})\leq\left\lvert\operatorname{Tr}(P_{S}H_{0})\right\rvert.

The scalar parts vanish because X0,Y0X_{0},Y_{0} are trace free. Estimating the two remaining traces by operator norms and dividing by ww gives (4.62). ∎

Lemma 4.11 (The fixed-pair mean inequality).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. Fix x,y,z(0,1)x,y,z\in(0,1)\cap\mathbb{Q} with y+z=2xy+z=2x, and choose a positive integer DD divisible by ee and by the reduced denominators of x,y,zx,y,z. There exist constants C,c>0C,c>0 such that, for all sufficiently large kk, with d=Dkd=Dk,

(4.67) i¯2d,2dxi¯d,dy+i¯d,dz+Ckeck.\overline{i}_{2d,2dx}\leq\overline{i}_{d,dy}+\overline{i}_{d,dz}+Cke^{-ck}.

The constants may depend on the fixed test configuration, initial filtration, denominator, rational pair, and Hermitian data, but not on kk. No uniformity for a moving pair is asserted.

Proof.

We prove the inequality in three steps. The first identifies the three section spaces, the second tensorizes the one-curve projector estimates, and the third applies Lemma 4.10 to the actual filtration flags.

Step 1. In this step, we fix the rational-slope bundles. Put

(4.68) E=MDLDy=i=03Ei,H=MDLDz=i=03Hi.E=M^{D}\otimes L^{Dy}=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}E_{i},\qquad H=M^{D}\otimes L^{Dz}=\boxtimes_{i=0}^{3}H_{i}.

Every Ei,HiE_{i},H_{i} has positive degree. With d=Dkd=Dk, we have

(4.69) Vd,dy\displaystyle V_{d,dy} =H0(B,Ek),\displaystyle=H^{0}(B,E^{k}),
Vd,dz\displaystyle V_{d,dz} =H0(B,Hk),\displaystyle=H^{0}(B,H^{k}),
V2d,2dx\displaystyle V_{2d,2dx} =H0(B,(EH)k).\displaystyle=H^{0}(B,(E\otimes H)^{k}).

The relevant multiplication is the ordinary multiplication map among these three complete section spaces.

Step 2. In this step, we tensorize the multiplication projectors. For each ii, Lemma 4.9, applied to Ci,Ei,HiC_{i},E_{i},H_{i}, gives the factorwise estimate. The tensor-product decomposition and canonical regrouping identify the global spaces and maps as

(4.70) Uk=i=03H0(Ci,Eik),Vk=i=03H0(Ci,Hik),Wk=i=03H0(Ci,(EiHi)k),U_{k}=\bigotimes_{i=0}^{3}H^{0}(C_{i},E_{i}^{k}),\quad V_{k}=\bigotimes_{i=0}^{3}H^{0}(C_{i},H_{i}^{k}),\quad W_{k}=\bigotimes_{i=0}^{3}H^{0}(C_{i},(E_{i}\otimes H_{i})^{k}),
(4.71) qk=i=03qi,k,𝖯k=i=03𝖯i,k.q_{k}=\bigotimes_{i=0}^{3}q_{i,k},\qquad\mathsf{P}_{k}=\bigotimes_{i=0}^{3}\mathsf{P}_{i,k}.

Partial trace commutes with tensor products. The scalar ratios in (4.32) are bounded, and only four factors occur. Expanding the tensor products gives

(4.72) TrVk𝖯kwkukIUkopCeϵk,TrUk𝖯kwkvkIVkopCeϵk.\begin{split}\left\lVert\operatorname{Tr}_{V_{k}}\mathsf{P}_{k}-\frac{w_{k}}{u_{k}}I_{U_{k}}\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}&\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k},\\ \left\lVert\operatorname{Tr}_{U_{k}}\mathsf{P}_{k}-\frac{w_{k}}{v_{k}}I_{V_{k}}\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}&\leq Ce^{-\epsilon k}.\end{split}

The finite-dimensional flag estimate is expressed in the dual space. Let RU,RV,RWR_{U},R_{V},R_{W} be the antiunitary Riesz maps. Then

(4.73) qkRW=(RURV)qk.q_{k}^{\vee}R_{W}=(R_{U}\otimes R_{V})q_{k}^{*}.

Thus the orthogonal projector onto qkWkUkVkq_{k}^{\vee}W_{k}^{*}\subset U_{k}^{*}\otimes V_{k}^{*} is the antiunitary conjugate of 𝖯k\mathsf{P}_{k}, and its partial traces have the errors in (4.72). This conclusion concerns the full groups SL(Uk)×SL(Vk)\operatorname{SL}(U_{k})\times\operatorname{SL}(V_{k}), so it applies to arbitrary flags on the complete section spaces.

Step 3. In this step, we use the Plücker estimate for the initial-filtration flags. Give the two source spaces their actual increasing weighted flags and the target the quotient filtration defined in (4.60). Let r¯k\overline{r}_{k} be its mean entry. Linear boundedness gives

Akop+Bkop=O(k),\lVert A_{k}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}+\lVert B_{k}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}=O(k),

where Ak,BkA_{k},B_{k} are the centered splitting generators. The exact linear dimension formula on each curve factor and the tensor-product decomposition give

(4.74) ukk4,vkk4,wkk4.u_{k}\asymp k^{4},\qquad v_{k}\asymp k^{4},\qquad w_{k}\asymp k^{4}.

The combination of (4.72) and (4.73), followed by Lemma 4.10, yields

(4.75) r¯ki¯d,dy+i¯d,dz+O(keck).\overline{r}_{k}\leq\overline{i}_{d,dy}+\overline{i}_{d,dz}+O(ke^{-ck}).

Finally, multiplicativity in the convention (4.12) gives

(4.76) FcqWkFctargetWk.F^{q}_{\leq c}W_{k}\subseteq F^{\mathrm{target}}_{\leq c}W_{k}.

Thus every jump of the target filtration is at most the corresponding jump of the quotient filtration. Hence i¯2d,2dxr¯k\overline{i}_{2d,2dx}\leq\overline{r}_{k}, and (4.67) follows. ∎

4.3. The scalar profile and a summability estimate

We next use the zero Donaldson–Futaki equality to locate the curvature of the slice-average profile and to bound the accumulated blockwise error.

Lemma 4.12 (Endpoint trapezoidal summation).

Let ψ\psi be a finite continuous convex function on [0,1][0,1], and let PC2[0,1]P\in C^{2}[0,1]. Then

(4.77) j=0dP(j/d)ψ(j/d)=d01Pψ+P(0)ψ(0)+P(1)ψ(1)2+o(1).\sum_{j=0}^{d}P(j/d)\psi(j/d)=d\int_{0}^{1}P\psi+\frac{P(0)\psi(0)+P(1)\psi(1)}{2}+o(1).
Proof.

For Ij=[j/d,(j+1)/d]I_{j}=[j/d,(j+1)/d], the exact error kernel after multiplying the trapezoidal error by dd is

(4.78) Kd(x)=d2(xj/d)((j+1)/dx),xIj.K_{d}(x)=\frac{d}{2}(x-j/d)((j+1)/d-x),\qquad x\in I_{j}.

It satisfies 0Kd1/(8d)0\leq K_{d}\leq 1/(8d) and Kd(x)Cx(1x)K_{d}(x)\leq Cx(1-x). Distributionally,

(4.79) (Pψ)′′=Pψ′′+2Pψ+P′′ψ.(P\psi)^{\prime\prime}=P\psi^{\prime\prime}+2P^{\prime}\psi^{\prime}+P^{\prime\prime}\psi.

Finite convexity gives ψL1\psi^{\prime}\in L^{1} and 01x(1x)dψ′′<\int_{0}^{1}x(1-x)\,d\psi^{\prime\prime}<\infty. Dominated convergence applies to the |P|ψ′′\lvert P\rvert\psi^{\prime\prime} term, while the uniform bound 1/(8d)1/(8d) applies to the remaining finite measure. This proves (4.77). ∎

Lemma 4.13 (One-crease profile and a summability estimate).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. Fix one of the two filtrations χϵ\chi^{\epsilon}, and let GG be its convex transform after division by the actual degree. For i{0,1}i\in\{0,1\}, restrict χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} to the exact endpoint ring

(4.80) Ri=m0Vem,iem,R_{i}=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}V_{em,iem},

and let GiG_{i} be the transform of this restricted filtration on Ωi\Omega_{i}, with valuation coordinates and entries divided by the actual degree emem. For 0<x<10<x<1, define

(4.81) ϕ(x)=1vol(Ωx)ΩxG(x,y)𝑑y.\phi(x)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}(\Omega_{x})}\int_{\Omega_{x}}G(x,y)\,dy.

At the endpoints, define

(4.82) ϕ(i)=1vol(Ωi)ΩiGi(y)𝑑y(i=0,1).\phi(i)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}(\Omega_{i})}\int_{\Omega_{i}}G_{i}(y)\,dy\qquad(i=0,1).

Then ϕ\phi is finite and convex on [0,1][0,1], satisfies

(4.83) ϕ(0)=limx0ϕ(x),ϕ(1)=limx1ϕ(x),\phi(0)=\lim_{x\downarrow 0}\phi(x),\qquad\phi(1)=\lim_{x\uparrow 1}\phi(x),

and has the form

(4.84) ϕ(x)=u0+u1x+κ(xλ)+,κ0,λ=352.\phi(x)=u_{0}+u_{1}x+\kappa(x-\lambda)_{+},\qquad\kappa\geq 0,\qquad\lambda=\frac{3-\sqrt{5}}{2}.

For all sufficiently large supported degrees dd, the complete section ring of MdLjM^{d}\otimes L^{j} is generated by its degree-one piece Vd,jV_{d,j} for every 0jd0\leq j\leq d. Generate a filtration of this ring from the weighted space Vd,jV_{d,j}, and write

(4.85) hd,jgen(k)\displaystyle h^{\mathrm{gen}}_{d,j}(k) =α0,d,jk4+O(k3),\displaystyle=\alpha_{0,d,j}k^{4}+O(k^{3}),
(4.86) Wd,jgen(k)\displaystyle W^{\mathrm{gen}}_{d,j}(k) =β0,d,jgenk5+O(k4).\displaystyle=\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,d,j}k^{5}+O(k^{4}).

The two-term expansions hold as in (4.19). Define

(4.87) cd,j\displaystyle c_{d,j} =i¯d,jβ0,d,jgenα0,d,j,\displaystyle=\overline{i}_{d,j}-\frac{\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,d,j}}{\alpha_{0,d,j}},
(4.88) ad,j\displaystyle a_{d,j} =β0,d,jgenα0,d,jdϕ(j/d),\displaystyle=\frac{\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,d,j}}{\alpha_{0,d,j}}-d\phi(j/d),
(4.89) gd,j\displaystyle g_{d,j} =i¯d,jdϕ(j/d)=cd,j+ad,j.\displaystyle=\overline{i}_{d,j}-d\phi(j/d)=c_{d,j}+a_{d,j}.

There exist d0d_{0} and C𝒯>0C_{\mathcal{T}}>0 such that, for every supported actual degree d=emd0d=em\geq d_{0},

(4.90) cd,j0,ad,j0,j=0dgd,jC𝒯.c_{d,j}\geq 0,\qquad a_{d,j}\geq 0,\qquad\sum_{j=0}^{d}g_{d,j}\leq C_{\mathcal{T}}.
Proof.

We prove Lemma 4.13 in four steps. The first proves the pointwise signs, the second compares the exact endpoint rays with the global filtered cone, the third identifies the equality profile, and the fourth proves the uniform summability in (4.90).

Step 1. In this step, we prove the nonnegativity of cd,jc_{d,j} and ad,ja_{d,j}. Center the entries on Vd,jV_{d,j} by i¯d,j\overline{i}_{d,j}. After clearing their common scalar denominator, we obtain an integral one-parameter subgroup. In the algebraic weight convention, the weights are the negatives of the increasing entries. After increasing d0d_{0}, (4.18) and Theorem 4.3, together with the tensor-product decomposition, show that every block ring in the statement is generated by Vd,jV_{d,j}. Lemma 4.7 and the Hilbert–Mumford bridge (4.21) therefore give

(4.91) β0,d,jgeni¯d,jα0,d,jα0,d,j=cd,j0.-\frac{\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,d,j}-\overline{i}_{d,j}\alpha_{0,d,j}}{\alpha_{0,d,j}}=c_{d,j}\geq 0.

The filtration generated by Vd,jV_{d,j} uses only products of sections from that block. The exact-ray filtration may also use sections from other supported degrees. Subadditivity in (4.12) therefore implies that the leading mean of the generated filtration is at least the leading mean of the exact-ray filtration. For 0<j<d0<j<d, Lemma 4.8 identifies the leading exact-ray mean with dϕ(j/d)d\phi(j/d). At j=0,dj=0,d, the ring generated from Vd,0V_{d,0} or Vd,dV_{d,d} is the dd-th Veronese of the corresponding exact endpoint ray, so both valuation coordinates and filtration entries are multiplied by dd. The leading exact-ray mean is therefore dϕ(j/d)d\phi(j/d) at the endpoints as well. Thus

(4.92) β0,d,jgenα0,d,jdϕ(j/d).\frac{\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,d,j}}{\alpha_{0,d,j}}\geq d\phi(j/d).

This proves ad,j0a_{d,j}\geq 0 and gd,j0g_{d,j}\geq 0.

Step 2. In this step, we compare the endpoint values. For 0<x<10<x<1, the change of variables yi=hi(x)tiy_{i}=h_{i}(x)t_{i} in (4.81) gives

(4.93) ϕ(x)=[0,1]4G(x,h0(x)t0,,h3(x)t3)𝑑t.\phi(x)=\int_{[0,1]^{4}}G\bigl(x,h_{0}(x)t_{0},\ldots,h_{3}(x)t_{3}\bigr)\,dt.

For fixed tt, the argument of GG is affine in xx, because every hih_{i} is affine. Convexity of GG, followed by integration over the cube, proves that ϕ\phi is convex on (0,1)(0,1). Work temporarily with decreasing jumps. Let 𝒞^\widehat{\mathcal{C}} be the closed downward-saturated cone generated by the filtered tuples

(4.94) (d,j,ν(s),),0sVd,j,τ(s).(d,j,\nu(s),\ell),\qquad 0\neq s\in V_{d,j},\qquad\ell\leq\tau(s).

The cone generated by the exact tuples with j=0j=0 lies in 𝒞^{x=0}\widehat{\mathcal{C}}\cap\{x=0\}. Its upper boundary is therefore at most the upper boundary of the global face. For t(0,1)4t\in(0,1)^{4}, consider the affine radial path

(4.95) x(x,h0(x)t0,,h3(x)t3).x\mapsto\bigl(x,h_{0}(x)t_{0},\ldots,h_{3}(x)t_{3}\bigr).

The upper boundary restricted to this path is finite and concave. Closedness shows that its face value is at least its interior limit, while convexity of the hypograph with a fixed interior point gives the reverse inequality. Thus the face value is the interior radial limit. Reversing the sign from decreasing jumps to increasing entries shows that the exact endpoint transform at x=0x=0 is at least the interior radial limit. For the radial path oriented from x=1x=1 toward the interior, closedness makes the face value at least its interior limit, while convexity of the hypograph makes it at most that limit. After reversing the filtration sign, the exact endpoint transform at x=1x=1 is at least its interior radial limit. Averaging over the fixed unit cube and using the common linear bound gives

(4.96) ϕ(0)limx0ϕ(x),ϕ(1)limx1ϕ(x).\phi(0)\geq\lim_{x\downarrow 0}\phi(x),\qquad\phi(1)\geq\lim_{x\uparrow 1}\phi(x).

Raising the endpoint values of a convex function preserves convexity. Hence the endpoint extension of ϕ\phi is finite and convex.

Step 3. In this step, we determine the support of ϕ′′\phi^{\prime\prime}. Set

(4.97) q(x)\displaystyle q(x) =i=03(1gi)rihr(x),\displaystyle=\sum_{i=0}^{3}(1-g_{i})\prod_{r\neq i}h_{r}(x),
(4.98) a0\displaystyle a_{0} =01p(x)𝑑x,a1=p(0)+p(1)2+01q(x)𝑑x.\displaystyle=\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx,\qquad a_{1}=\frac{p(0)+p(1)}{2}+\int_{0}^{1}q(x)\,dx.

Write

(4.99) c0=461999,c1=2327,c2=356,c3=52,Cbd=i=03ci.c_{0}=461999,\quad c_{1}=2327,\quad c_{2}=356,\quad c_{3}=52,\quad C_{\mathrm{bd}}=\prod_{i=0}^{3}c_{i}.

The boundary polynomial from Lemma 3.10 is

(4.100) F(x)=90Cbdx(1x)(x23x+1)2,F(x)=90C_{\mathrm{bd}}x(1-x)(x^{2}-3x+1)^{2},

and satisfies

(4.101) F′′=2q2a1a0p,F(0)=F(1)=0,F(0)=p(0),F(1)=p(1).F^{\prime\prime}=2q-\frac{2a_{1}}{a_{0}}p,\quad F(0)=F(1)=0,\quad F^{\prime}(0)=p(0),\quad F^{\prime}(1)=-p(1).

It is nonnegative on [0,1][0,1], and its unique interior zero is the double zero λ=(35)/2\lambda=(3-\sqrt{5})/2.

Let L0,L1L_{0},L_{1} be the interior endpoint limits of ϕ\phi, and put

ϵi=ϕ(i)Li.\epsilon_{i}=\phi(i)-L_{i}.

Let ϕ¯\overline{\phi} denote the continuous convex extension of ϕ|(0,1)\phi|_{(0,1)} to [0,1][0,1], so that ϕ¯(i)=Li\overline{\phi}(i)=L_{i}. Distributional integration by parts gives

(4.102) DFsc(ϕ)=1a0(0,1)Fdϕ¯′′+2a0(p(0)ϵ0+p(1)ϵ1).\DF_{\mathrm{sc}}(\phi)=\frac{1}{a_{0}}\int_{(0,1)}F\,d\overline{\phi}^{\prime\prime}+\frac{2}{a_{0}}\bigl(p(0)\epsilon_{0}+p(1)\epsilon_{1}\bigr).

Both terms on the right are nonnegative.

For a sufficiently large supported actual degree d=emd=em, define the increasing-entry total of the algebraic source by

W𝒯(d)=j=0dγid,j,γ.W_{\mathcal{T}}(d)=\sum_{j=0}^{d}\sum_{\gamma}i_{d,j,\gamma}.

Put

(4.103) Dd=j=0dnd,jgd,j=W𝒯(d)dj=0dnd,jϕ(j/d).D_{d}=\sum_{j=0}^{d}n_{d,j}g_{d,j}=W_{\mathcal{T}}(d)-d\sum_{j=0}^{d}n_{d,j}\phi(j/d).

The first equality is the definition of DdD_{d}, and the second follows from degreewise preservation of the entry multiset. In particular, Dd0D_{d}\geq 0. Uniformly in jj, every curve-factor line bundle has degree greater than 2gi22g_{i}-2 for sufficiently large dd, and hence has dimension equal to its degree plus 1gi1-g_{i}. The tensor-product decomposition gives

(4.104) nd,j=i=03(ddegMi+jdegLi+1gi)=d4p(j/d)+d3q(j/d)+O(d2).n_{d,j}=\prod_{i=0}^{3}(d\deg M_{i}+j\deg L_{i}+1-g_{i})=d^{4}p(j/d)+d^{3}q(j/d)+O(d^{2}).

Define

b0sc\displaystyle b_{0}^{\mathrm{sc}} =01p(x)ϕ¯(x)𝑑x,\displaystyle=\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\overline{\phi}(x)\,dx,
b1sc\displaystyle b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}} =01q(x)ϕ¯(x)𝑑x+p(0)L0+p(1)L12+p(0)ϵ0+p(1)ϵ1.\displaystyle=\int_{0}^{1}q(x)\overline{\phi}(x)\,dx+\frac{p(0)L_{0}+p(1)L_{1}}{2}+p(0)\epsilon_{0}+p(1)\epsilon_{1}.

Lemma 4.12, first applied to pϕ¯p\overline{\phi} and then to qϕ¯q\overline{\phi}, together with (4.104), gives

(4.105) dj=0dnd,jϕ(j/d)=b0scd6+b1scd5+o(d5).d\sum_{j=0}^{d}n_{d,j}\phi(j/d)=b_{0}^{\mathrm{sc}}d^{6}+b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}}d^{5}+o(d^{5}).

The last two summands in b1scb_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}} are p(0)ϵ0p(0)\epsilon_{0} and p(1)ϵ1p(1)\epsilon_{1}.

Write the increasing-entry expansion of the algebraic source as

(4.106) W𝒯(d)=b~0d6+b~1d5+O(d4).W_{\mathcal{T}}(d)=\widetilde{b}_{0}d^{6}+\widetilde{b}_{1}d^{5}+O(d^{4}).

Equality of the limiting entry laws, equivalently equality of their Duistermaat–Heckman pushforwards, gives

(4.107) b~0=b0sc.\widetilde{b}_{0}=b_{0}^{\mathrm{sc}}.

Substitution in (4.103), followed by Dd0D_{d}\geq 0 along all sufficiently large supported degrees, gives

(4.108) b~1b1sc.\widetilde{b}_{1}\geq b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}}.

In the increasing-entry convention, put

(4.109) DF~(𝒯)=2(b~1a0a1b~0)a02.\widetilde{\DF}(\mathcal{T})=\frac{2(\widetilde{b}_{1}a_{0}-a_{1}\widetilde{b}_{0})}{a_{0}^{2}}.

In the exponent-one grading of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}), the Hilbert coefficients are e5a0,e4a1e^{5}a_{0},e^{4}a_{1} and the increasing-entry coefficients are e6b~0,e5b~1e^{6}\widetilde{b}_{0},e^{5}\widetilde{b}_{1}. Up to the fixed nonzero normalization and the common weight sign, the Donaldson–Futaki numerator is

e10(b~1a0a1b~0).e^{10}(\widetilde{b}_{1}a_{0}-a_{1}\widetilde{b}_{0}).

Therefore the hypothesis DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0 forces b~1a0a1b~0=0\widetilde{b}_{1}a_{0}-a_{1}\widetilde{b}_{0}=0, and DF~(𝒯)=0\widetilde{\DF}(\mathcal{T})=0. The scalar coefficient formula uses the identical positive factor:

(4.110) DFsc(ϕ)=2(b1sca0a1b0sc)a02.\DF_{\mathrm{sc}}(\phi)=\frac{2(b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}}a_{0}-a_{1}b_{0}^{\mathrm{sc}})}{a_{0}^{2}}.

By (4.107), (4.108), and (4.102), we obtain

(4.111) 0=DF~(𝒯)DFsc(ϕ)0.0=\widetilde{\DF}(\mathcal{T})\geq\DF_{\mathrm{sc}}(\phi)\geq 0.

Both inequalities are equalities. Since the leading coefficients already agree, equality of the two coefficient expressions gives

(4.112) b~1=b1sc.\widetilde{b}_{1}=b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}}.

We use (4.112) in Step 4 to prove the uniform bound in (4.90). Equality in (4.102) yields

(4.113) ϵ0=ϵ1=0,supp(ϕ′′){λ}.\epsilon_{0}=\epsilon_{1}=0,\qquad\operatorname{supp}(\phi^{\prime\prime})\subseteq\{\lambda\}.

Since ϕ′′\phi^{\prime\prime} is a nonnegative measure, it equals κδλ\kappa\delta_{\lambda} for some κ0\kappa\geq 0. This proves (4.84).

Step 4. In this step, we prove the uniform bound for jgd,j\sum_{j}g_{d,j}. The exact expression for nd,jn_{d,j} has the form

(4.114) nd,j=d4p(j/d)+d3q(j/d)+d2r(j/d)+ds(j/d)+u.n_{d,j}=d^{4}p(j/d)+d^{3}q(j/d)+d^{2}r(j/d)+ds(j/d)+u.

For the affine part of ϕ\phi, expansion into powers of jj and the exact power-sum formulas give a polynomial in dd. Apply the kernel identity (4.78) with P=pP=p and ψ(x)=(xλ)+\psi(x)=(x-\lambda)_{+}. Since (Pψ)′′(P\psi)^{\prime\prime} is a finite signed measure and Kd1/(8d)\lVert K_{d}\rVert_{\infty}\leq 1/(8d), we obtain

(4.115) j=0dp(j/d)(j/dλ)+=d01p(x)(xλ)+𝑑x+p(1)(1λ)2+O(d1).\sum_{j=0}^{d}p(j/d)(j/d-\lambda)_{+}=d\int_{0}^{1}p(x)(x-\lambda)_{+}\,dx+\frac{p(1)(1-\lambda)}{2}+O(d^{-1}).

The function q(x)(xλ)+q(x)(x-\lambda)_{+} is Lipschitz, and its corresponding sum is the integral term times dd with an O(1)O(1) remainder. After including the factors in (4.114), all remaining terms are O(d4)O(d^{4}), uniformly in the fractional part of dλd\lambda. Hence

(4.116) dj=0dnd,jϕ(j/d)=b0scd6+b1scd5+O(d4).d\sum_{j=0}^{d}n_{d,j}\phi(j/d)=b_{0}^{\mathrm{sc}}d^{6}+b_{1}^{\mathrm{sc}}d^{5}+O(d^{4}).

Combining (4.106), (4.107), (4.112), and (4.116) in (4.103) gives

(4.117) 0Dd=O(d4).0\leq D_{d}=O(d^{4}).

Since all four hih_{i} are strictly positive on [0,1][0,1], put mi=min[0,1]hi>0m_{i}=\min_{[0,1]}h_{i}>0. After increasing the lower bound on dd, every factor in (4.104) is at least dmi/2dm_{i}/2, uniformly for 0jd0\leq j\leq d. Thus

(4.118) nd,jcblkd4,cblk=24i=03mi>0.n_{d,j}\geq c_{\mathrm{blk}}d^{4},\qquad c_{\mathrm{blk}}=2^{-4}\prod_{i=0}^{3}m_{i}>0.

Every gd,jg_{d,j} is nonnegative, and hence

(4.119) j=0dgd,jDdcblkd4C𝒯.\sum_{j=0}^{d}g_{d,j}\leq\frac{D_{d}}{c_{\mathrm{blk}}d^{4}}\leq C_{\mathcal{T}}.

This proves (4.90). ∎

4.4. Constancy on rational slices

The summability estimate (4.90) and the fixed-pair inequality (4.67) force the asymptotic Chow invariant to vanish on every rational ray, after which a strictness theorem removes all variation inside each rational slice.

Theorem 4.14 (Strictness for filtrations, [Sze15, Proposition 11]).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized manifold admitting a cscK metric in c1(H)c_{1}(H), and assume that its polarized automorphism group is finite and that the complete section ring of HH is generated in degree one. A multiplicative linearly bounded filtration of this ring with positive L2L^{2}-norm has strictly positive asymptotic Chow invariant.

A multiplicative linearly bounded filtration is brought to the normalization of [Sze15], in which the filtration is increasing and begins at level zero, by an entrywise shift linear in the degree; the shift changes neither the centered L2L^{2}-norm nor any finite Chow weight (4.20).

Lemma 4.15 (Vanishing on every rational ray).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. Let x=P/Q(0,1)x=P/Q\in(0,1)\cap\mathbb{Q}, with P,QP,Q chosen as in (4.25). Write Chow(χP,Q)\operatorname{Chow}_{\infty}(\chi_{P,Q}) for the intrinsic asymptotic Chow invariant. Then

(4.120) Chow(χP,Q)=0.\operatorname{Chow}_{\infty}(\chi_{P,Q})=0.
Proof.

We prove the assertion in three steps. First we identify the ray invariant with a liminf of finite Chow defects. We then choose finitely many fixed symmetric pairs in one affine interval of ϕ\phi, and finally use the summability bound to make the total defect of one pair arbitrarily small.

Step 1. In this step, we identify the finite Chow normalization. Write

hx(s)=αxs4+O(s3)h_{x}(s)=\alpha_{x}s^{4}+O(s^{3})

for the Hilbert function in ray degree ss. Let χP,Q(k)\chi_{P,Q}^{(k)} be the finitely generated approximation generated by the weighted ray-degree-kk space VQk,PkV_{Qk,Pk}, let wx(k)w_{x}(k) be the total central algebraic weight of χP,Q\chi_{P,Q} in ray degree kk, and let b0,x(k)b_{0,x}^{(k)} be the leading central weight coefficient of χP,Q(k)\chi_{P,Q}^{(k)} in the original ray grading. In the ray variables, the finite Chow normalization (4.20) reads

(4.121) Chowk(χP,Q(k))=kb0,x(k)αxwx(k)hx(k).\operatorname{Chow}_{k}\bigl(\chi_{P,Q}^{(k)}\bigr)=\frac{kb_{0,x}^{(k)}}{\alpha_{x}}-\frac{w_{x}(k)}{h_{x}(k)}.

The exact-ray ring is generated in ray degree one. Dilation from ray degree one to ray degree kk, together with the sign change from increasing entries to central algebraic weights, gives

(4.122) α0,Qk,Pk=k4αx,b0,x(k)=k5β0,Qk,Pkgen,wx(k)hx(k)=i¯Qk,Pk.\alpha_{0,Qk,Pk}=k^{4}\alpha_{x},\qquad b_{0,x}^{(k)}=-k^{-5}\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,Qk,Pk},\qquad\frac{w_{x}(k)}{h_{x}(k)}=-\overline{i}_{Qk,Pk}.

It follows from (4.121) and (4.122) that

Chowk(χP,Q(k))=i¯Qk,Pkβ0,Qk,Pkgenα0,Qk,Pk=cQk,Pk.\operatorname{Chow}_{k}\bigl(\chi_{P,Q}^{(k)}\bigr)=\overline{i}_{Qk,Pk}-\frac{\beta^{\mathrm{gen}}_{0,Qk,Pk}}{\alpha_{0,Qk,Pk}}=c_{Qk,Pk}.

By (4.20), the intrinsic asymptotic Chow invariant is the full-sequence lower limit of these finite invariants. Consequently,

(4.123) Chow(χP,Q)=lim infkcQk,Pk0.\operatorname{Chow}_{\infty}(\chi_{P,Q})=\liminf_{k\to\infty}c_{Qk,Pk}\geq 0.

Step 2. In this step, we choose the rational symmetric pairs. Since λ\lambda is irrational, the rational number xx lies in one of the two open intervals on which ϕ\phi is affine. Denote that interval by II. Fix a positive integer NN, choose pairwise distinct positive rational numbers

0<t1<<tN<dist(x,I),0<t_{1}<\cdots<t_{N}<\operatorname{dist}(x,\partial I),

and put

(4.124) y=xt,z=x+t.y_{\ell}=x-t_{\ell},\qquad z_{\ell}=x+t_{\ell}.

For each \ell, choose a denominator DD_{\ell} divisible by e,Qe,Q and by the reduced denominators of x,y,zx,y_{\ell},z_{\ell}. Lemma 4.11 applies to this fixed pair on the progression d=Dkd=D_{\ell}k. Passing to the least common multiple of the finitely many DD_{\ell} gives one progression on which all NN inequalities hold, each with an error tending to zero.

Step 3. In this step, we use the summable defects. The 2N2N input block indices are distinct. By (4.90), for every sufficiently large dd on the common progression, one pair satisfies

(4.125) gd,dy+gd,dzC𝒯N.g_{d,dy_{\ell}}+g_{d,dz_{\ell}}\leq\frac{C_{\mathcal{T}}}{N}.

Pass to a subsequence on which the chosen index \ell is fixed. Since ϕ\phi is affine on II,

2ϕ(x)=ϕ(y)+ϕ(z).2\phi(x)=\phi(y_{\ell})+\phi(z_{\ell}).

Subtracting 2dϕ(x)2d\phi(x) from (4.67) gives

(4.126) 0c2d,2dxg2d,2dxgd,dy+gd,dz+o(1)C𝒯N+o(1).0\leq c_{2d,2dx}\leq g_{2d,2dx}\leq g_{d,dy_{\ell}}+g_{d,dz_{\ell}}+o(1)\leq\frac{C_{\mathcal{T}}}{N}+o(1).

Since Q|dQ\mid d, the target block lies on the chosen exact ray. Together, (4.123) and (4.126) give

0Chow(χP,Q)C𝒯N.0\leq\operatorname{Chow}_{\infty}(\chi_{P,Q})\leq\frac{C_{\mathcal{T}}}{N}.

Letting NN\to\infty proves (4.120). ∎

Lemma 4.16 (Constancy on rational slices).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. For every x(0,1)x\in(0,1)\cap\mathbb{Q}, the restriction of GG to Ωx\Omega_{x} is constant almost everywhere.

Proof.

Choose P,QP,Q as in (4.25), and put N=MQLPN=M^{Q}\otimes L^{P}. The product of constant-curvature metrics on the curve factors is cscK in c1(N)c_{1}(N). Every curve has genus greater than one, so the polarized automorphism group of (B,N)(B,N) is finite, and the section ring of NN is generated in degree one by Lemma 4.8. By Theorem 4.14, positive ray norm would imply strictly positive asymptotic Chow invariant. Lemma 4.15 therefore gives χP,Q2=0\lVert\chi_{P,Q}\rVert_{2}=0. Formula (4.27) shows that the slice variance of GG vanishes. Thus G|ΩxG|_{\Omega_{x}} is constant almost everywhere. ∎

4.5. Propagation from rational slices

Lemma 4.17 extends constancy on rational slices to every interior slice of Ω\Omega.

Lemma 4.17 (Propagation from rational slices).

Let HH be a finite convex function on Ω\Omega. If H|ΩxH|_{\Omega_{x}} is constant almost everywhere for every x(0,1)x\in(0,1)\cap\mathbb{Q}, then there exists a finite convex function ψ:(0,1)\psi\colon(0,1)\to\mathbb{R} such that

(4.127) H(x,y)=ψ(x)H(x,y)=\psi(x)

at every interior point of Ω\Omega. The value ψ(x)\psi(x) is the normalized slice average of HH.

Proof.

A finite convex function is continuous on the interior of its domain. On a rational interior slice, almost-everywhere constancy and continuity imply constancy on the relative interior of that slice. Fix x(0,1)x\in(0,1) and two points y,yy,y^{\prime} in the relative interior of Ωx\Omega_{x}. For a rational sequence xkxx_{k}\to x, the affine side lengths ensure that

y,yrelint(Ωxk)y,y^{\prime}\in\operatorname{relint}(\Omega_{x_{k}})

for all sufficiently large kk. Hence H(xk,y)=H(xk,y)H(x_{k},y)=H(x_{k},y^{\prime}), and interior continuity gives H(x,y)=H(x,y)H(x,y)=H(x,y^{\prime}).

Let ψ(x)\psi(x) be this common value. For fixed t(0,1)4t\in(0,1)^{4}, the map

x(x,h0(x)t0,,h3(x)t3)x\mapsto\bigl(x,h_{0}(x)t_{0},\ldots,h_{3}(x)t_{3}\bigr)

is affine. Restricting HH to this path shows that ψ\psi is convex. The boundary of each rectangular slice has four-dimensional measure zero, so ψ(x)\psi(x) is also the normalized slice average. ∎

4.6. Exclusion of the irrational crease

Algebraicity now excludes the remaining possible crease at λ=(35)/2\lambda=(3-\sqrt{5})/2 through the rational spectral structure of an algebraic Duistermaat–Heckman measure.

Theorem 4.18 (Volume from normalized blow-ups, [BHJ17, Lemma 5.1]).

Let YY be a normal projective variety of dimension nn, let HH be ample, and let Sm0H0(Y,mH)S\subseteq\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}H^{0}(Y,mH) be a graded subalgebra containing an ample series. For every sufficiently large positive integer mm, let 𝔞m\mathfrak{a}_{m} be the base ideal of SmS_{m}, let μm:YmY\mu_{m}\colon Y_{m}\to Y be its normalized blow-up, and write 𝔞m𝒪Ym=𝒪Ym(Fm)\mathfrak{a}_{m}\mathcal{O}_{Y_{m}}=\mathcal{O}_{Y_{m}}(-F_{m}). Then

(4.128) vol(S)=limm(μmH1mFm)n.\operatorname{vol}(S)=\lim_{m\to\infty}\left(\mu_{m}^{*}H-\frac{1}{m}F_{m}\right)^{n}.
Proof.

This is [BHJ17, Lemma 5.1]. ∎

Theorem 4.19 (Piecewise polynomial density of Duistermaat–Heckman measures, [BHJ17, Theorem 5.10]).

Let YY be a normal projective variety of dimension nn, let HH be ample, and let FR(Y,H)F^{\bullet}R(Y,H) be a finitely generated integer filtration. Then FR(Y,H)F^{\bullet}R(Y,H) has linear growth, and the density of the absolutely continuous part of its limit measure is piecewise polynomial of degree at most n1n-1.

Lemma 4.20 (The evaluation-ideal system).

Let YY be an integral projective variety, let HH be ample, and let FR(Y,H)F^{\bullet}R(Y,H) be a finitely generated integer filtration. After an integral character shift and passage to one fixed Veronese, put N=2N=\mathbb{Z}^{2}. There exist a pointed rational polyhedral cone CNC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} and a finitely generated saturated semigroup

(4.129) S=CNS=C\cap N

with the following properties. For τ=(m,)S\tau=(m,\ell)\in S, let

(4.130) 𝔞τ=im(FH0(Y,mH)𝒪Y(mH)𝒪Y),\mathfrak{a}_{\tau}=\operatorname{im}\left(F^{\ell}H^{0}(Y,mH)\otimes\mathcal{O}_{Y}(-mH)\to\mathcal{O}_{Y}\right),

where 𝔞τ=0\mathfrak{a}_{\tau}=0 when the filtered piece is zero and 𝔞0=𝒪Y\mathfrak{a}_{0}=\mathcal{O}_{Y}. Then 𝔞\mathfrak{a}_{\bullet} is a finitely generated SS-graded system of coherent ideals:

(4.131) 𝔞τ𝔞τ𝔞τ+τ.\mathfrak{a}_{\tau}\mathfrak{a}_{\tau^{\prime}}\subseteq\mathfrak{a}_{\tau+\tau^{\prime}}.
Proof.

Choose finitely many bihomogeneous generators of the filtered Rees algebra, including its parameter of section degree zero, and let T2T\subset\mathbb{Z}^{2} be the semigroup generated by their bidegrees. We use the convention in which a section in FH0(Y,mH)F^{\ell}H^{0}(Y,mH) has bidegree (m,)(m,\ell) and the Rees parameter has bidegree (0,1)(0,-1). An integral character shift makes the second coordinate of every remaining generator nonnegative. Those generators have positive first coordinate, so their degrees together with (0,1)(0,-1) generate a pointed cone. A vector in the intersection of this cone with its negative has first coordinate zero, so it lies on the nonnegative parameter ray; its negative lies on that ray only when the vector is zero. Since YY is integral, a monomial in nonzero Rees generators is nonzero. Thus TT is exactly the support of the filtered Rees algebra. We may choose the Veronese so that a nonzero degree-one piece exists. Its bidegree (1,0)(1,\ell_{0}) together with (0,1)(0,-1) generates N=2N=\mathbb{Z}^{2}. Let CC be the rational polyhedral cone generated by TT. The saturation of TT in NN is S=CNS=C\cap N. To see that it is finitely generated, choose integral generators v1,,vqv_{1},\ldots,v_{q} of CC. If u=iaiviu=\sum_{i}a_{i}v_{i} belongs to CNC\cap N, write

u=iaivi+h,hN{ibivi|0bi<1}.u=\sum_{i}\lfloor a_{i}\rfloor v_{i}+h,\qquad h\in N\cap\left\{\sum_{i}b_{i}v_{i}\mathrel{\big|}0\leq b_{i}<1\right\}.

The set on the right is bounded and contains only finitely many lattice points. Those points together with the viv_{i} generate SS.

The convention in (4.130) extends the system from its supported degrees TT to SS by zero ideals. Multiplicativity of the filtration and of the evaluation maps gives (4.131). Every filtered section is a sum of monomials in the chosen Rees generators. Its evaluation ideal is therefore a sum of products of the finitely many evaluation ideals of those generators. Consequently,

(4.132) τS𝔞τ\bigoplus_{\tau\in S}\mathfrak{a}_{\tau}

is a finitely generated SS-graded 𝒪Y\mathcal{O}_{Y}-algebra. The zero slots add no generators. This verifies the lattice, saturation, zero-piece, multiplicativity, and finite-generation hypotheses used below. ∎

Theorem 4.21 (Rational chamber decomposition for base ideals, [ELM+06, Proposition 4.7], with the corrected proof in [ELM+23, Proposition 1.1]).

Let FR(Y,H)F^{\bullet}R(Y,H) be as in Theorem 4.19, and construct its saturated evaluation-ideal system as in Lemma 4.20. Then there exist a positive integer dd and a finite smooth rational fan with support CC and primitive integral ray generators ei=(mi,i)e_{i}=(m_{i},\ell_{i}). Thus every two adjacent ray generators span a unimodular cone. Their finite slopes are strictly increasing; a boundary ray of the full cone may be vertical. The integer dd may be enlarged so that deide_{i} belongs to the supported semigroup for every ray: since eie_{i} belongs to the saturation of the support semigroup, some positive multiple of eie_{i} belongs to that support, and the conclusion below remains valid after replacing dd by a positive multiple. Every integral vector τ=(m,)\tau=(m,\ell) in a chamber spanned by two adjacent generators has a unique expression

(4.133) τ=piei+pi+1ei+1,pi,pi+10,\tau=p_{i}e_{i}+p_{i+1}e_{i+1},\qquad p_{i},p_{i+1}\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0},

and

(4.134) 𝔞dτ¯=𝔞deipi𝔞dei+1pi+1¯.\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}}=\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i}}^{\,p_{i}}\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i+1}}^{\,p_{i+1}}}.
Theorem 4.22 (Rational spectral structure).

Let YY be a normal projective variety, let HH be ample, and let a finitely generated integer filtration of the full section ring R(Y,H)R(Y,H) be given. The density of the absolutely continuous part of its limit weight measure is polynomial with rational coefficients on each interval of a finite partition whose breakpoints are rational.

Proof.

We prove the rationality assertion in three steps. First, we place all base ideals on one birational model over a finite rational chamber decomposition. We then obtain a rational polynomial formula for the filtered volume on each chamber. Finally, we differentiate the tail distribution and identify its breakpoints.

Step 1. In this step, we construct the chamber decomposition and a common model for its ray ideals. Put n=dimYn=\dim Y, and let 𝔞m,\mathfrak{a}_{m,\ell} be the base ideal of the filtered piece of H0(Y,mH)H^{0}(Y,mH) at weight \ell. Piecewise polynomiality follows from Theorem 4.19. We retain the multigraded base-ideal data in order to prove the rationality assertion. Lemma 4.20 supplies the lattice NN, the pointed rational cone CC, the saturated semigroup S=CNS=C\cap N, and the finitely generated evaluation-ideal system, with zero ideals at unsupported indices. The preliminary changes in that lemma preserve the assertion that we are proving. An integral character shift translates normalized weights by an integer. If the fixed Veronese has index rr, its degree-mm spectrum is the degree-rmrm spectrum of the original filtration, divided by mm rather than by rmrm. Its limit measure is therefore the pushforward of the original one under xrxx\mapsto rx; this is also [BHJ17, Remark 5.6]. Integer translation and positive integral dilation preserve rational breakpoints and rational polynomial coefficients, in both directions. We may consequently prove the assertion after these changes, and retain the notation HH and FF^{\bullet} for the resulting polarization and filtration.

By Theorem 4.21, there exist a positive integer dd and finitely many integral chamber generators

ei=(mi,i)e_{i}=(m_{i},\ell_{i})

whose finite slopes are strictly increasing, with the following property. Every integral vector τ=(m,)\tau=(m,\ell) in the chamber spanned by adjacent vectors ei,ei+1e_{i},e_{i+1} has a unique expression

τ=piei+pi+1ei+1,pi,pi+10,\tau=p_{i}e_{i}+p_{i+1}e_{i+1},\qquad p_{i},p_{i+1}\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0},

and

(4.135) 𝔞dτ¯=𝔞deipi𝔞dei+1pi+1¯.\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}}=\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i}}^{\,p_{i}}\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i+1}}^{\,p_{i+1}}}.

Choose one normal projective birational model μ:YY\mu\colon Y^{\prime}\to Y that dominates the normalized blow-ups of the finitely many ray ideals. Write

(4.136) 𝔞dei𝒪Y=𝒪Y(Ei),\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i}}\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}=\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}(-E_{i}),

where every EiE_{i} is an integral Cartier divisor. On YY^{\prime}, the product of the two ray ideals is invertible. The universal property therefore factors μ\mu first through the ordinary blow-up. Since YY^{\prime} is normal, this factorization lifts through its normalization. Integral closure does not change a normalized blow-up, so (4.135) identifies that blow-up with the normalized blow-up of 𝔞dτ\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}. Pulling back its exceptional Cartier divisor gives the explicit chain

(4.137) 𝔞dτ𝒪Y\displaystyle\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}} =𝔞dτ¯𝒪Y\displaystyle=\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}}\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}
=𝔞deipi𝔞dei+1pi+1¯𝒪Y\displaystyle=\overline{\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i}}^{\,p_{i}}\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i+1}}^{\,p_{i+1}}}\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}
=𝔞deipi𝔞dei+1pi+1𝒪Y=𝒪Y(piEipi+1Ei+1).\displaystyle=\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i}}^{\,p_{i}}\mathfrak{a}_{de_{i+1}}^{\,p_{i+1}}\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}=\mathcal{O}_{Y^{\prime}}(-p_{i}E_{i}-p_{i+1}E_{i+1}).

Step 2. We compute the filtered volume on one chamber and prove that it is a polynomial with rational coefficients in this step. Let λmax\lambda_{\max} be the maximal asymptotic weight of the modified filtration, and use the convention

R(u)=q0FquH0(Y,qH).R(u)=\bigoplus_{q\geq 0}F^{\lceil qu\rceil}H^{0}(Y,qH).

For every s<λmaxs<\lambda_{\max}, choose ss^{\prime} with s<s<λmaxs<s^{\prime}<\lambda_{\max}. By [BHJ17, Theorem 5.3(i)], the threshold series R(s)R(s^{\prime}) contains an ample series. For all sufficiently large mm,

dmsdms.d\lceil ms\rceil\leq\lceil dms^{\prime}\rceil.

The decreasing property of the filtration shows that, in every sufficiently large degree mm, the degree-mm piece of the graded series

m0FdmsH0(Y,dmH)\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}F^{d\lceil ms\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)

contains the degree-mm piece of the dd-th Veronese of R(s)R(s^{\prime}). Since containing an ample series is an asymptotic condition, the rounded series itself contains an ample series. Above λmax\lambda_{\max} its volume is zero; outside the compact support supplied by [BHJ17, Theorem 5.3(iii)], the tail is constant and its density vanishes. It therefore suffices to work on a finite-slope chamber with s<λmaxs<\lambda_{\max}. Put t=/mt=\ell/m. Dividing the two coordinates of the ray decomposition by mm shows that

pidmandpi+1dm\frac{p_{i}}{dm}\quad\text{and}\quad\frac{p_{i+1}}{dm}

are affine functions of tt with rational coefficients: they are obtained by inverting the integral two-by-two matrix with columns ei,ei+1e_{i},e_{i+1}. For each integral vector τ=(m,)\tau=(m,\ell) in this chamber, the Cartier divisor

dmμHpiEipi+1Ei+1dm\mu^{*}H-p_{i}E_{i}-p_{i+1}E_{i+1}

is the pullback of the moving divisor on the normalized blow-up of 𝔞dτ\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau}. It is globally generated and hence nef. Thus the intersection number in (4.138) is the moving self-intersection supplied by the base-ideal construction, not the volume of an arbitrary non-nef divisor. For this integral pair, set

(4.138) Vdτ:=(μHpidmEipi+1dmEi+1)n.V_{d\tau}:=\left(\mu^{*}H-\frac{p_{i}}{dm}E_{i}-\frac{p_{i+1}}{dm}E_{i+1}\right)^{n}.

For a real number ss in the interior of this chamber, put τm(s)=(m,ms)\tau_{m}(s)=(m,\lceil ms\rceil) and define

(4.139) Pi(s)=(μHci(s)Eici+1(s)Ei+1)n,P_{i}(s)=\left(\mu^{*}H-c_{i}(s)E_{i}-c_{i+1}(s)E_{i+1}\right)^{n},

where cic_{i} and ci+1c_{i+1} are the rational-affine functions obtained from the ray decomposition. The spaces

(4.140) Sm(s)=FdmsH0(Y,dmH)S_{m}^{(s)}=F^{d\lceil ms\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)

form a graded linear series: multiplicativity of the filtration and ms+ms(m+m)s\lceil ms\rceil+\lceil m^{\prime}s\rceil\geq\lceil(m+m^{\prime})s\rceil give the required product inclusion. Its degree-mm base ideal is 𝔞dτm(s)\mathfrak{a}_{d\tau_{m}(s)}. Therefore Theorem 4.18, applied to the dd-Veronese and divided by dnd^{n}, together with (4.137), gives

(4.141) limmn!(dm)ndimSm(s)=Pi(s).\lim_{m\to\infty}\frac{n!}{(dm)^{n}}\dim S_{m}^{(s)}=P_{i}(s).

We now compare this rounded-ray series with the actual threshold at s=ts=t. Choose ϵ>0\epsilon>0 so that tϵt-\epsilon and t+ϵt+\epsilon remain in the interior of the chamber. For all sufficiently large mm,

dm(tϵ)dmtdm(t+ϵ).d\lceil m(t-\epsilon)\rceil\leq\lceil dmt\rceil\leq d\lceil m(t+\epsilon)\rceil.

Since the filtration is decreasing, the corresponding inclusions are

Fdm(tϵ)H0(Y,dmH)FdmtH0(Y,dmH)Fdm(t+ϵ)H0(Y,dmH).F^{d\lceil m(t-\epsilon)\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)\supseteq F^{\lceil dmt\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)\supseteq F^{d\lceil m(t+\epsilon)\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH).

Hence

(4.142) Pi(t+ϵ)\displaystyle P_{i}(t+\epsilon) lim infmn!(dm)ndimFdmtH0(Y,dmH)\displaystyle\leq\liminf_{m\to\infty}\frac{n!}{(dm)^{n}}\dim F^{\lceil dmt\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)
lim supmn!(dm)ndimFdmtH0(Y,dmH)\displaystyle\leq\limsup_{m\to\infty}\frac{n!}{(dm)^{n}}\dim F^{\lceil dmt\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)
Pi(tϵ).\displaystyle\leq P_{i}(t-\epsilon).

The function PiP_{i} is a polynomial and is therefore continuous. Letting ϵ0\epsilon\downarrow 0 in (4.142) proves both the existence of the actual filtered-volume limit and its equality with Pi(t)P_{i}(t). Thus

(4.143) V(t)=Pi(t)=(μHci(t)Eici+1(t)Ei+1)n,V(t)=P_{i}(t)=\left(\mu^{*}H-c_{i}(t)E_{i}-c_{i+1}(t)E_{i+1}\right)^{n},

which is a polynomial in tt with rational coefficients, because the coefficients ci(t)c_{i}(t) and ci+1(t)c_{i+1}(t) are rational-affine and the intersections of integral Cartier divisors are integers.

Step 3. We pass from the chamber volume to the density and determine the breakpoints in this step. Let ν\nu be the limit measure in the present grading. Restrict the filtration to the dd-th Veronese R(Y,dH)R(Y,dH). Its limit measure is (xdx)ν(x\mapsto dx)_{*}\nu by [BHJ17, Remark 5.6]. Applying the tail formula [BHJ17, Theorem 5.3(iii), equation (5.4)] at the threshold dtdt, and using the limit proved in (4.142), gives

vol(m0FdmtH0(Y,dmH))=dnV(t).\operatorname{vol}\!\left(\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}F^{\lceil dmt\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)\right)=d^{n}V(t).

Integration of equation (5.4) from dtdt to ++\infty then gives, away from an endpoint atom,

(4.144) ν([t,+))=1(dH)nvol(m0FdmtH0(Y,dmH))=V(t)Hn.\nu([t,+\infty))=\frac{1}{(dH)^{n}}\operatorname{vol}\!\left(\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}F^{\lceil dmt\rceil}H^{0}(Y,dmH)\right)=\frac{V(t)}{H^{n}}.

The first equality in (4.144) is the probability normalization in [BHJ17, equation (5.4)]; the second uses (dH)n=dnHn(dH)^{n}=d^{n}H^{n} and the preceding volume identity. Thus passage to degrees divisible by dd computes the pushforward measure, not a different subsequential limit. The absolutely continuous density is therefore V(t)/Hn-V^{\prime}(t)/H^{n} on the interior of each chamber and has rational polynomial coefficients there. Each finite chamber endpoint is a slope i/mi\ell_{i}/m_{i} and is rational. This proves Theorem 4.22. The argument does not exclude a finite atomic part at the chamber boundaries. ∎

Remark 4.23 (Use for a fiber-scaling initial).

In the application in Lemma 4.24, finite generation is asserted only for the algebraic source test configuration after a sufficiently divisible Veronese. Either fiber-scaling initial filtration χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} of Set-up 4.1 has weight multiplicities equal to those of the source in every degree, so its limit measure equals the source limit measure. It inherits Theorem 4.22 without any assertion that the initial filtration is finitely generated. Returning from the Veronese coordinate to actual degree divides the normalized weight coordinate by that positive integer and preserves rational breakpoints and rational coefficients.

Lemma 4.24 (Exclusion of the irrational crease).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. Assume that GG is the convex transform in actual degree of a fiber-scaling initial filtration χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} of an algebraic test configuration. Let ϕ\phi be its normalized slice average, and assume

(4.145) supp(ϕ′′){λ},GμΩ=ϕρ,λ=352.\operatorname{supp}(\phi^{\prime\prime})\subseteq\{\lambda\},\qquad G_{*}\mu_{\Omega}=\phi_{*}\rho,\qquad\lambda=\frac{3-\sqrt{5}}{2}.

Then there exist a,ba,b\in\mathbb{R} such that

(4.146) G(x,y)=a+bxG(x,y)=a+bx

at every interior point of Ω\Omega.

Proof.

We prove Lemma 4.24 in three steps. The first removes transverse variation, the second records the rational spectral constraint inherited from the algebraic source, and the third treats all possible signs of the two slopes.

Step 1. In this step, we prove that GG agrees with ϕ\phi. By Fubini,

ϕ(x)=ΩxG(x,y)dνx(y)\phi(x)=\int_{\Omega_{x}}G(x,y)\,d\nu_{x}(y)

for ρ\rho-almost every xx. Equality of the pushforward measures in (4.145) gives equality of their second moments. Therefore

(4.147) Ω(Gϕ)2dμΩ\displaystyle\int_{\Omega}(G-\phi)^{2}\,d\mu_{\Omega} =ΩG2dμΩ2ΩϕGdμΩ+Ωϕ2dμΩ\displaystyle=\int_{\Omega}G^{2}\,d\mu_{\Omega}-2\int_{\Omega}\phi G\,d\mu_{\Omega}+\int_{\Omega}\phi^{2}\,d\mu_{\Omega}
=0.\displaystyle=0.

Thus G(x,y)=ϕ(x)G(x,y)=\phi(x) almost everywhere. Convexity and interior continuity upgrade this equality to every interior point. Since ϕ′′\phi^{\prime\prime} is a nonnegative measure supported at one point,

(4.148) ϕ(x)=a+bx+κ(xλ)+\phi(x)=a+bx+\kappa(x-\lambda)_{+}

for some a,ba,b\in\mathbb{R} and κ0\kappa\geq 0.

Step 2. In this step, we record the spectral restriction coming from the algebraic source. After passing to a sufficiently divisible Veronese, the filtration of the source test configuration is a finitely generated integer filtration. Theorem 4.22 shows that its absolutely continuous Duistermaat–Heckman density is polynomial with rational coefficients on a finite partition with rational breakpoints. By Lemma 4.8, the initial filtration has an entry multiset identical to that of the source in every degree, so the two filtrations have equal measures. Passing between exponent-one degree and actual degree only rescales the weight coordinate by the positive integer ee, and therefore preserves the rational spectral structure.

Suppose for a contradiction that κ>0\kappa>0, and put

bR=b+κ.b_{R}=b+\kappa.

The two slopes of ϕ\phi are b<bRb<b_{R}. We shall use the expansion

(4.149) p(x)=\displaystyle p(x)={} 1791155412951840+48540311690994864x96622883665346480x2\displaystyle 1791155412951840+48540311690994864x-96622883665346480x^{2}
+59625573524485696x311543001550134080x4.\displaystyle+59625573524485696x^{3}-11543001550134080x^{4}.

Its two highest coefficients are nonzero, and p>0p>0 on [0,1][0,1].

Step 3. In this step, we exclude the crease by considering the possible signs of bb and bRb_{R}.

We first record the breakpoints used in the argument. A point at which the two one-sided polynomial density germs differ, or at which one branch appears with a nonzero one-sided jump, is an endpoint of the rational partition in Theorem 4.22 and is therefore rational. Since pp is positive on [0,1][0,1], every outer support endpoint is rational. A branch endpoint not shared by a second branch is also a rational breakpoint: its jump has size p(0)/(Iu)p(0)/(Iu) or p(1)/(Iv)p(1)/(Iv), where I=01p(x)𝑑xI=\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx and u,v>0u,v>0 are the absolute branch slopes. If an explicit density formula agrees on a nonempty open interval with a polynomial from the rational partition, polynomial identity forces all of its coefficients to be rational. Redundant partition points therefore do not affect the argument.

Case 3.1. Assume that the two slopes share a weak sign. Then ϕ\phi is monotone. On every nonconstant branch, its pushforward density is obtained from p/Ip/I by an affine change of variable and division by the absolute value of the branch slope. If both slopes are nonzero, the leading coefficients of the two density germs at the image of λ\lambda are

p4I|b|5andp4I|bR|5,\frac{p_{4}}{I\lvert b\rvert^{5}}\quad\text{and}\quad\frac{p_{4}}{I\lvert b_{R}\rvert^{5}},

where p40p_{4}\neq 0 is the coefficient of x4x^{4} in pp. Since |b||bR|\lvert b\rvert\neq\lvert b_{R}\rvert in the monotone cases, this image is a genuine rational breakpoint. In a rational coordinate translated from an outer support endpoint of the left branch, its density is p(z/|b|)/(I|b|)p(z/\lvert b\rvert)/(I\lvert b\rvert). The ratio of its coefficients of z3z^{3} and z4z^{4} is

p3p4|b|,\frac{p_{3}}{p_{4}}\lvert b\rvert,

where p3p40p_{3}p_{4}\neq 0. Rationality of these coefficients forces bb\in\mathbb{Q}. The distance from the image of λ\lambda to this endpoint is |b|λ\lvert b\rvert\lambda, which forces λ\lambda\in\mathbb{Q}.

If b=0<bRb=0<b_{R}, the left branch gives an atom. On the right branch, in the coordinate translated from its outer support endpoint, the constant coefficient is p(1)/(IbR)p(1)/(Ib_{R}). If b<0=bRb<0=b_{R}, the corresponding coefficient on the left branch is p(0)/(I(b))p(0)/(I(-b)). In either case the nonzero slope is rational. The distance between the two rational support endpoints then forces the relevant distance to λ\lambda to be rational. Every monotone case contradicts the irrationality of λ\lambda.

Case 3.2. Assume b<0<bRb<0<b_{R}. Put

(4.150) u=b,v=bR,HL=uλ,HR=v(1λ).u=-b,\qquad v=b_{R},\qquad H_{L}=u\lambda,\qquad H_{R}=v(1-\lambda).

Suppose first that HLHRH_{L}\neq H_{R}. At the end of the shorter branch, that branch disappears with the nonzero jump p(0)/(Iu)p(0)/(Iu) or p(1)/(Iv)p(1)/(Iv). The minimum and the longer outer endpoint are support endpoints, while the end of the shorter branch is a rational breakpoint. Hence all three points, and therefore both heights, are rational. If HL>HRH_{L}>H_{R}, the unmatched left tail has density p(z/u)/(Iu)p(z/u)/(Iu) in a rational coordinate zz translated from the outer endpoint of the left branch. Its two highest coefficients force uu\in\mathbb{Q}, and then HL=uλH_{L}=u\lambda forces λ\lambda\in\mathbb{Q}. If HR>HLH_{R}>H_{L}, the unmatched right tail has density p(1z/v)/(Iv)p(1-z/v)/(Iv). Its constant coefficient p(1)/(Iv)p(1)/(Iv) forces vv\in\mathbb{Q}, after which HR=v(1λ)H_{R}=v(1-\lambda) also gives a contradiction.

It remains to consider HL=HR=:HH_{L}=H_{R}=:H. In this case the minimum and the common outer endpoint are rational support endpoints. Their difference HH is therefore a nonzero rational number. The constant coefficient of the two-branch density at the minimum is

(4.151) p(λ)I(1u+1v)=p(λ)IH.\frac{p(\lambda)}{I}\left(\frac{1}{u}+\frac{1}{v}\right)=\frac{p(\lambda)}{IH}.

Reduction of (4.149) modulo λ23λ+1\lambda^{2}-3\lambda+1 gives

(4.152) p(λ)=118813309059138726726783661974688λ.p(\lambda)=11881330905913872-6726783661974688\lambda.

This number is irrational, contradicting the rationality of the density coefficient in (4.151).

Both cases are impossible. Therefore κ=0\kappa=0, and (4.146) follows. ∎

4.7. The affine-transform theorem

We now combine rational-slice constancy, convex propagation, and the spectral exclusion to obtain the form used in the equality classification.

Proposition 4.25 (Affine opposite initials).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. For ϵ{+,}\epsilon\in\{+,-\}, let GϵG^{\epsilon} be the convex transform of χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} in actual AA-degree normalization. There exist aϵ,bϵa_{\epsilon},b_{\epsilon}\in\mathbb{R} such that

(4.153) Gϵ(x,y)=aϵ+bϵxG^{\epsilon}(x,y)=a_{\epsilon}+b_{\epsilon}x

at every interior point (x,y)(x,y) of Ω\Omega.

The entry probability laws in actual degree of 𝒯\mathcal{T} and χϵ\chi^{\epsilon} are both

(4.154) (xaϵ+bϵx)ρ.(x\mapsto a_{\epsilon}+b_{\epsilon}x)_{*}\rho.

In the exponent-one grading of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}), their common law is

(4.155) (xe(aϵ+bϵx))ρ.(x\mapsto e(a_{\epsilon}+b_{\epsilon}x))_{*}\rho.

No equality between the two affine functions is asserted.

Proof.

Fix ϵ\epsilon, write χ=χϵ\chi=\chi^{\epsilon} and G=GϵG=G^{\epsilon}, and let ϕ\phi be the function defined by (4.81) and (4.82). We first remove the transverse variables. Lemma 4.13 gives

ϕ(x)=u0+u1x+κ(xλ)+.\phi(x)=u_{0}+u_{1}x+\kappa(x-\lambda)_{+}.

Lemmas 4.15 and 4.16 show that GG is constant almost everywhere on every rational interior slice. Lemma 4.17 then gives

(4.156) G(x,y)=ϕ(x)G(x,y)=\phi(x)

at every interior point of Ω\Omega.

We next exclude the crease. Lemma 4.8 identifies the laws in actual degree of the source and the initial with GμΩG_{*}\mu_{\Omega}. The identity (4.156) and the fact that the boundary has Lebesgue measure zero give

(4.157) GμΩ=ϕρ.G_{*}\mu_{\Omega}=\phi_{*}\rho.

Lemma 4.24 gives κ=0\kappa=0. Setting

aϵ=u0,bϵ=u1a_{\epsilon}=u_{0},\qquad b_{\epsilon}=u_{1}

proves (4.153).

It remains to identify the two degree normalizations. Since the xx-marginal of μΩ\mu_{\Omega} is ρ\rho, (4.154) follows from (4.153). Finally, (4.23) multiplies every normalized entry by ee in exponent-one degree. This proves (4.155). Since ϵ{+,}\epsilon\in\{+,-\} was arbitrary, the conclusion holds for both initial filtrations. ∎

5. Semistability and the integral affine comparator

This section proves semistability at every exponent and converts the affine initial data of Section 4 into an integral product comparator after a ramified base change and normalization.

5.1. Semistability at every exponent

We first combine the approximate cscK metrics of Proposition 3.12 with two analytic results on the centered L2L^{2} norm of a test configuration.

Theorem 5.1 (Donaldson’s scalar-curvature lower bound, [Don05b, Theorem 2]).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized smooth projective variety, and let 𝒴\mathcal{Y} be an exponent-one normal ample test configuration with positive Donaldson centered norm N2,Don(𝒴)N_{2,\mathrm{Don}}(\mathcal{Y}). Every Kähler metric ωc1(H)\omega\in c_{1}(H) satisfies

(5.1) Scal(ω)S^HL2FDon(𝒴)N2,Don(𝒴),\left\lVert\Scal(\omega)-\widehat{S}_{H}\right\rVert_{L^{2}}\geq-\frac{F_{\mathrm{Don}}(\mathcal{Y})}{N_{2,\mathrm{Don}}(\mathcal{Y})},

where S^H\widehat{S}_{H} is the average scalar curvature in c1(H)c_{1}(H). The inequality (5.1) follows from the cited theorem. We now translate the two algebraic quantities in that inequality into the conventions of this paper. If

(5.2) h(m)=A0mn+A1mn1+O(mn2)h(m)=A_{0}m^{n}+A_{1}m^{n-1}+O(m^{n-2})

and the increasing-entry total weight is

(5.3) Wentry(m)=B0mn+1+B1mn+O(mn1),W_{\mathrm{entry}}(m)=B_{0}m^{n+1}+B_{1}m^{n}+O(m^{n-1}),

then

(5.4) FDon=B1A1B0A0=A02DF,N2,Don2=A0Var(DH(𝒴))=A0𝒴2,BHJ2.F_{\mathrm{Don}}=B_{1}-\frac{A_{1}B_{0}}{A_{0}}=\frac{A_{0}}{2}\DF,\qquad N_{2,\mathrm{Don}}^{2}=A_{0}\Var\bigl(\operatorname{DH}(\mathcal{Y})\bigr)=A_{0}\lVert\mathcal{Y}\rVert_{2,\mathrm{BHJ}}^{2}.

Thus (5.1) has the displayed sign, and the Donaldson and Boucksom–Hisamoto–Jonsson centered norms have identical zero loci.

Theorem 5.2 (Vanishing of the centered norm, [BHJ17, Corollary B and Lemma 2.10]).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized variety. An ample test configuration for (Y,H)(Y,H) has zero centered L2L^{2} norm if and only if it is almost trivial. Equivalently, after twisting the linearization by a scalar character, its normalization is the trivial test configuration. The vertical term c𝒴0c\mathcal{Y}_{0} in [BHJ17, Lemma 2.10] is precisely this scalar-character twist after the exponent has been incorporated into HH. Thus a normal ample test configuration of zero norm is the trivial product up to such a scalar twist and has zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant.

The conclusion of Theorem 5.2 is narrower than the automorphism-induced polarized products allowed in Definition 2.2.

Proposition 5.3.

Let ee be a positive integer. Every normal ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) has nonnegative Donaldson–Futaki invariant.

Proof.

We first rescale the approximate metrics from c1(A)c_{1}(A) to c1(Ae)c_{1}(A^{e}). We then use Theorems 5.1 and 5.2 according to whether the centered norm is positive or zero. We begin by proving that the infimum of the centered L2L^{2} scalar-curvature norm in c1(Ae)c_{1}(A^{e}) is zero. Proposition 3.12 gives Kähler metrics ωqc1(A)\omega_{q}\in c_{1}(A) such that

Scal(ωq)S¯L20.\left\lVert\Scal(\omega_{q})-\overline{S}\right\rVert_{L^{2}}\to 0.

The metrics eωqe\omega_{q} belong to c1(Ae)c_{1}(A^{e}). Since XX has complex dimension five, we have

Scal(eωq)=e1Scal(ωq),(eωq)5=e5ωq5,S^Ae=e1S¯.\Scal(e\omega_{q})=e^{-1}\Scal(\omega_{q}),\qquad(e\omega_{q})^{5}=e^{5}\omega_{q}^{5},\qquad\widehat{S}_{A^{e}}=e^{-1}\overline{S}.

Consequently,

(5.5) Scal(eωq)S^AeL22=e3Scal(ωq)S¯L220.\left\lVert\Scal(e\omega_{q})-\widehat{S}_{A^{e}}\right\rVert_{L^{2}}^{2}=e^{3}\left\lVert\Scal(\omega_{q})-\overline{S}\right\rVert_{L^{2}}^{2}\to 0.

We now exclude a negative Donaldson–Futaki invariant for an arbitrary normal ample test configuration of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). Let 𝒯\mathcal{T} be such a test configuration, regarded as an exponent-one test configuration of the polarized pair (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). If 𝒯2,BHJ>0\lVert\mathcal{T}\rVert_{2,\mathrm{BHJ}}>0, then (5.4), (5.1), and (5.5) exclude DF(𝒯)<0\DF(\mathcal{T})<0. If 𝒯2,BHJ=0\lVert\mathcal{T}\rVert_{2,\mathrm{BHJ}}=0, then Theorem 5.2 gives DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0. Thus DF(𝒯)0\DF(\mathcal{T})\geq 0 in both cases. ∎

5.2. Common rational affine data

We next identify the two affine profiles from Proposition 4.25 and use algebraicity of the source test configuration to prove that their common coefficients are rational.

Lemma 5.4 (Moment rigidity).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. If ZZ is distributed according to ρ\rho, then

(5.6) 𝔼[Z]=880719450,Var(Z)=1532700072648117500,𝔼[(Z𝔼[Z])3]=4176491811312876471343750.\mathbb{E}[Z]=\frac{8807}{19450},\qquad\Var(Z)=\frac{153270007}{2648117500},\qquad\mathbb{E}\!\left[(Z-\mathbb{E}[Z])^{3}\right]=\frac{41764918113}{12876471343750}.

The last two numbers in (5.6) are positive. If a,b,a,ba,b,a^{\prime},b^{\prime}\in\mathbb{R} satisfy

(5.7) (a+bx)ρ=(a+bx)ρ,(a+bx)_{*}\rho=(a^{\prime}+b^{\prime}x)_{*}\rho,

then a=aa=a^{\prime} and b=bb=b^{\prime}.

Proof.

The polynomial pp in (4.15) expands as

p(x)=\displaystyle p(x)={} 1791155412951840+48540311690994864x96622883665346480x2\displaystyle 1791155412951840+48540311690994864x-96622883665346480x^{2}
+59625573524485696x311543001550134080x4.\displaystyle+59625573524485696x^{3}-11543001550134080x^{4}.

Termwise integration gives

01p(x)𝑑x\displaystyle\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx =193544293232851603,\displaystyle=\frac{19354429323285160}{3}, 01xp(x)𝑑x\displaystyle\int_{0}^{1}xp(x)\,dx =4381862700518570815,\displaystyle=\frac{43818627005185708}{15},
01x2p(x)𝑑x\displaystyle\int_{0}^{1}x^{2}p(x)\,dx =3561911555922839621,\displaystyle=\frac{35619115559228396}{21}, 01x3p(x)𝑑x\displaystyle\int_{0}^{1}x^{3}p(x)\,dx =1690651692558431215.\displaystyle=\frac{16906516925584312}{15}.

Dividing by 01p(x)𝑑x\int_{0}^{1}p(x)\,dx and taking the corresponding central moments gives (5.6).

Assume (5.7). Equality of variances gives b2=(b)2b^{2}=(b^{\prime})^{2}. If b=bb^{\prime}=b, equality of means gives a=aa^{\prime}=a. Suppose that b=bb^{\prime}=-b. Equality of means gives a=a+2b𝔼[Z]a^{\prime}=a+2b\mathbb{E}[Z], whereas equality of the third central moments gives

b3𝔼[(Z𝔼[Z])3]=b3𝔼[(Z𝔼[Z])3].b^{3}\mathbb{E}\!\left[(Z-\mathbb{E}[Z])^{3}\right]=-b^{3}\mathbb{E}\!\left[(Z-\mathbb{E}[Z])^{3}\right].

The last number in (5.6) is nonzero, so b=0b=0. Thus b=0b^{\prime}=0, and equality of means gives a=aa^{\prime}=a. ∎

Corollary 5.5.

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1. There exist unique real numbers a,ba,b such that, after division by the actual degree, both opposite initial filtrations have convex transform

(5.8) G+(x,y)=G(x,y)=a+bxG^{+}(x,y)=G^{-}(x,y)=a+bx

at every interior point of Ω\Omega. The entry probability laws of 𝒯\mathcal{T}, χ+\chi^{+}, and χ\chi^{-} are all

(5.9) (a+bx)ρ.(a+bx)_{*}\rho.

In the exponent-one grading of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}), the common law is

(5.10) (e(a+bx))ρ.(e(a+bx))_{*}\rho.
Proof.

Proposition 4.25 gives affine transforms a++b+xa_{+}+b_{+}x and a+bxa_{-}+b_{-}x. It also identifies both pushforwards of ρ\rho with the entry law of 𝒯\mathcal{T} after division by the actual degree. Lemma 5.4 gives

a+=a=:a,b+=b=:b.a_{+}=a_{-}=:a,\qquad b_{+}=b_{-}=:b.

The formulas after division by the actual degree and in exponent-one degree are the two conclusions of Proposition 4.25. Uniqueness follows from Lemma 5.4. ∎

Lemma 5.6 (Rational moments of algebraic Duistermaat–Heckman measures).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be an nn-dimensional polarized projective scheme, and let (𝒴,)(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}) be an ample exponent-one algebraic test configuration. For all sufficiently large kk, write

(5.11) H0(𝒴0,0k)=λEk,λH^{0}(\mathcal{Y}_{0},\mathcal{H}_{0}^{k})=\bigoplus_{\lambda\in\mathbb{Z}}E_{k,\lambda}

for the decomposition into weight spaces on the central fiber, and set

(5.12) μk=knλdimEk,λδλ/k.\mu_{k}=k^{-n}\sum_{\lambda\in\mathbb{Z}}\dim E_{k,\lambda}\,\delta_{\lambda/k}.

If μk\mu_{k} converges weakly to μ\mu, then

(5.13) xq𝑑μ(x)\int_{\mathbb{R}}x^{q}\,d\mu(x)\in\mathbb{Q}

for every nonnegative integer qq.

Proof.

We first express all weight moments by rational generating functions. We then recover the limiting moments from the rational leading coefficients of the resulting quasipolynomials.

Step 1. We construct a rational generating function for each unnormalized weight moment. Put

R=k0H0(𝒴0,0k),D=R0=H0(𝒴0,𝒪𝒴0).R=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}H^{0}(\mathcal{Y}_{0},\mathcal{H}_{0}^{k}),\qquad D=R_{0}=H^{0}(\mathcal{Y}_{0},\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}_{0}}).

Properness of 𝒴0\mathcal{Y}_{0} makes DD finite-dimensional over \mathbb{C}. Choose a homogeneous basis of the finite-dimensional \mathbb{C}^{*}-module DD, and choose homogeneous generators xix_{i} of RR as a DD-algebra. Write the bidegree of xix_{i} as (di,wi)(d_{i},w_{i}), where di>0d_{i}>0. Give the variables of S=[Xi]S=\mathbb{C}[X_{i}] the corresponding bidegrees. The chosen basis of DD makes RR a finite multigraded SS-module. A finite multigraded free resolution over SS gives

(5.14) k,λdimEk,λtkzλ=P(t,z)i(1tdizwi),\sum_{k,\lambda}\dim E_{k,\lambda}t^{k}z^{\lambda}=\frac{P(t,z)}{\prod_{i}(1-t^{d_{i}}z^{w_{i}})},

where P(t,z)P(t,z) is a Laurent polynomial with integer coefficients.

Fix q0q\geq 0. Acting by (zd/dz)q(z\,d/dz)^{q} on (5.14) and setting z=1z=1, we obtain a rational one-variable series

k0sq(k)tk,sq(k)=λλqdimEk,λ,\sum_{k\geq 0}s_{q}(k)t^{k},\qquad s_{q}(k)=\sum_{\lambda}\lambda^{q}\dim E_{k,\lambda},

whose denominator is a product of powers of 1tdi1-t^{d_{i}}. Let rr be a common multiple of the integers did_{i}. Partial fractions after splitting the denominator over the rr-th roots of unity show that sq(k)s_{q}(k) is, for all sufficiently large kk, a quasipolynomial with rational coefficients and period dividing rr.

Step 2. We identify the limiting moment with a rational leading coefficient. Algebraicity gives a uniform linear bound on the central weights. Hence the supports of the measures in (5.12) lie in one compact interval. Weak convergence implies convergence of every fixed moment, and

xqdμk(x)=k(n+q)sq(k).\int_{\mathbb{R}}x^{q}\,d\mu_{k}(x)=k^{-(n+q)}s_{q}(k).

On each residue class modulo rr, the limit is the coefficient of kn+qk^{n+q} in a polynomial with rational coefficients, with value zero if the degree is smaller. The full sequence has one weak limit, so the residue-class limits agree. Their common value is the moment in (5.13). ∎

Corollary 5.7.

The coefficients aa and bb in Corollary 5.5 belong to \mathbb{Q}.

Proof.

Lemma 5.6, applied to 𝒯\mathcal{T} regarded as an exponent-one test configuration of (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}), shows that the zeroth moment is the positive rational leading Hilbert coefficient. Dividing by this mass shows that every moment of the associated central-weight probability law is rational. The convention for increasing entries in Set-up 4.1 provides σ{1,1}\sigma\in\{1,-1\} such that this law is the law of

(5.15) Y=σe(a+bZ),Zρ.Y=\sigma e(a+bZ),\qquad Z\sim\rho.

Suppose that b0b\neq 0. Rationality of the second and third central moments of YY, together with (5.6), gives

(5.16) e2b2Var(Z),σe3b3𝔼[(Z𝔼[Z])3].e^{2}b^{2}\Var(Z)\in\mathbb{Q},\qquad\sigma e^{3}b^{3}\mathbb{E}\!\left[(Z-\mathbb{E}[Z])^{3}\right]\in\mathbb{Q}.

Both coefficients multiplying b2b^{2} and b3b^{3} in (5.16) are nonzero rational numbers. Thus b2,b3b^{2},b^{3}\in\mathbb{Q}, and

b=b3b2.b=\frac{b^{3}}{b^{2}}\in\mathbb{Q}.

The mean of YY is rational. Together, (5.6) and (5.15) then give aa\in\mathbb{Q}. If b=0b=0, rationality of the mean gives aa\in\mathbb{Q} directly. ∎

5.3. Normalization and the Donaldson–Futaki invariant

We record the normalization formula, including the codimension and Duistermaat–Heckman conclusions that will be used after base change.

Lemma 5.8 (Normalization comparison).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a polarized normal projective complex variety of dimension nn. Let (𝒴,)(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}) be an integral ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (Y,He)(Y,H^{e}), and let

(5.17) ν:(𝒴ν,ν)(𝒴,)\nu\colon(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu})\to(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})

be its normalization, where ν=ν\mathcal{H}^{\nu}=\nu^{*}\mathcal{H}. Write

(5.18) p:𝒴𝔸1,pν=pν:𝒴ν𝔸1,R=[t].p\colon\mathcal{Y}\to\mathbb{A}^{1},\qquad p^{\nu}=p\circ\nu\colon\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}\to\mathbb{A}^{1},\qquad R=\mathbb{C}[t].

Write

(5.19) h(m)\displaystyle h(m) =A0mn+A1mn1+O(mn2),\displaystyle=A_{0}m^{n}+A_{1}m^{n-1}+O(m^{n-2}),
(5.20) w𝒴(m)\displaystyle w_{\mathcal{Y}}(m) =B0mn+1+B1mn+O(mn1),\displaystyle=B_{0}m^{n+1}+B_{1}m^{n}+O(m^{n-1}),
(5.21) w𝒴ν(m)\displaystyle w_{\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}}(m) =B0mn+1+B1νmn+O(mn1),\displaystyle=B_{0}m^{n+1}+B_{1}^{\nu}m^{n}+O(m^{n-1}),

using increasing-entry totals and A0>0A_{0}>0. Put

(5.22) 𝒬=ν𝒪𝒴ν/𝒪𝒴.\mathcal{Q}=\nu_{*}\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}}/\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}}.

For all sufficiently large mm, put

(5.23) m=pm,mν=pν(ν)m,𝒯m=p(𝒬m),\mathcal{E}_{m}=p_{*}\mathcal{H}^{m},\qquad\mathcal{E}_{m}^{\nu}=p^{\nu}_{*}(\mathcal{H}^{\nu})^{m},\qquad\mathcal{T}_{m}=p_{*}(\mathcal{Q}\otimes\mathcal{H}^{m}),

and let (m)\ell(m) be the RR-length of Γ(𝔸1,𝒯m)\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{T}_{m}). Then there exists c0c\geq 0 such that

(5.24) (m)=cmn+O(mn1),\ell(m)=cm^{n}+O(m^{n-1}),

and

(5.25) DF(𝒴,)DF(𝒴ν,ν)=2cA0.\DF(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})-\DF(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu})=\frac{2c}{A_{0}}.

If the two Donaldson–Futaki invariants are equal, then

(5.26) codim𝒴Supp(𝒬)2.\operatorname{codim}_{\mathcal{Y}}\operatorname{Supp}(\mathcal{Q})\geq 2.

If the two Donaldson–Futaki invariants are equal, the total-variation distance between the normalized probability measures of the increasing entries in degree mm is O(m1)O(m^{-1}); equivalently, the reflected central-weight measures have this property. The two test configurations have equal Duistermaat–Heckman probability measures.

Proof.

We compare the two extension lattices, read their determinant-weight difference from Smith normal form, and then interpret the equality case by the Hilbert polynomial of the normalization quotient.

Step 1. We express the weight difference as the length of the normalization quotient. The normalization is an isomorphism away from the central fiber, so 𝒬\mathcal{Q} is a coherent sheaf supported on that fiber. Tensor the defining sequence of 𝒬\mathcal{Q} by m\mathcal{H}^{m}. Relative Serre vanishing [Sta26, Tag 02O1] and the projection formula give, for all sufficiently large mm, the exact sequence of coherent 𝒪𝔸1\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{A}^{1}}-modules

(5.27) 0mmν𝒯m0.0\to\mathcal{E}_{m}\to\mathcal{E}_{m}^{\nu}\to\mathcal{T}_{m}\to 0.

The morphism pp is flat. The normal integral total space 𝒴ν\mathcal{Y}^{\nu} has no RR-torsion, and torsion-free modules over the principal ideal domain RR are flat; hence pνp^{\nu} is flat as well. Cohomology and base change therefore make m\mathcal{E}_{m} and mν\mathcal{E}_{m}^{\nu} locally free of equal rank h(m)h(m) for large mm. The module 𝒯m\mathcal{T}_{m} is finite and supported at t=0t=0, so its global sections have finite RR-length. Since 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1} is affine, taking global sections in (5.27) gives

(5.28) 0Γ(𝔸1,m)Γ(𝔸1,mν)Γ(𝔸1,𝒯m)0.0\to\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{E}_{m})\to\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{E}_{m}^{\nu})\to\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{T}_{m})\to 0.

The first two terms are free RR-modules of rank h(m)h(m), and the last term is tt-torsion. Put the first map in Smith normal form, with diagonal factors

trm,1,,trm,h(m),rm,k0.t^{r_{m,1}},\ldots,t^{r_{m,h(m)}},\qquad r_{m,k}\geq 0.

The increasing-entry convention gives

(5.29) (m)=k=1h(m)rm,k,w𝒴(m)=w𝒴ν(m)+(m).\ell(m)=\sum_{k=1}^{h(m)}r_{m,k},\qquad w_{\mathcal{Y}}(m)=w_{\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}}(m)+\ell(m).

The determinant of the lattice inclusion is a unit times t(m)t^{\ell(m)}. The inclusion is equivariant, so comparison of the two equivariant determinant lines, with tt of increasing-entry weight one, gives the second equality in (5.29). This argument uses Smith normal form only for the underlying lattices and does not require a Smith basis compatible with the weight decompositions.

Step 2. We obtain the normalization formula from the leading coefficient of the length polynomial. Relative Serre vanishing identifies (m)\ell(m) with the Euler characteristic, and hence with the Hilbert polynomial, of 𝒬\mathcal{Q} with respect to \mathcal{H}. Its degree is at most nn, because 𝒬\mathcal{Q} is supported on the nn-dimensional central fiber. Its coefficient at mnm^{n} is nonnegative and is positive exactly when 𝒬\mathcal{Q} has an nn-dimensional support component. This proves (5.24). Comparing coefficients in (5.29) gives B1=B1ν+cB_{1}=B_{1}^{\nu}+c. Substitution into

DF=2(B1A0A1B0)A02\DF=\frac{2(B_{1}A_{0}-A_{1}B_{0})}{A_{0}^{2}}

gives (5.25).

Step 3. We prove the codimension and measure statements when the two Donaldson–Futaki invariants are equal. By (5.25), we have c=0c=0. Thus 𝒬\mathcal{Q} has support dimension at most n1n-1, which proves (5.26), and (m)=O(mn1)\ell(m)=O(m^{n-1}).

Put k0=R/(t)k_{0}=R/(t) and, in degree mm,

Mm=Γ(𝔸1,m),Mmν=Γ(𝔸1,mν),Qm=Γ(𝔸1,𝒯m).M_{m}=\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{E}_{m}),\qquad M_{m}^{\nu}=\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{E}_{m}^{\nu}),\qquad Q_{m}=\Gamma(\mathbb{A}^{1},\mathcal{T}_{m}).

Tensoring (5.28) with k0k_{0} gives the exact sequence

(5.30) 0Tor1R(Qm,k0)Mm/tMmMmν/tMmνQm/tQm0.0\to\operatorname{Tor}^{R}_{1}(Q_{m},k_{0})\to M_{m}/tM_{m}\to M_{m}^{\nu}/tM_{m}^{\nu}\to Q_{m}/tQ_{m}\to 0.

The sequence is \mathbb{C}^{*}-equivariant, because (5.28) is equivariant and the ideal (t)(t) is invariant. Cohomology and base change identify the two middle terms with the degree-mm central-fiber section representations. Both have dimension h(m)h(m). Since QmQ_{m} is supported at t=0t=0, its RR-length is its complex vector-space dimension. Hence

dim(Qm/tQm)(m).\dim_{\mathbb{C}}(Q_{m}/tQ_{m})\leq\ell(m).

The equality of the dimensions of the two middle terms in (5.30) then gives

dimTor1R(Qm,k0)=dim(Qm/tQm)(m).\dim_{\mathbb{C}}\operatorname{Tor}^{R}_{1}(Q_{m},k_{0})=\dim_{\mathbb{C}}(Q_{m}/tQ_{m})\leq\ell(m).

Let ImI_{m} be the image of the middle arrow in (5.30). It is a common \mathbb{C}^{*}-representation: it is a quotient of Mm/tMmM_{m}/tM_{m} and a subrepresentation of Mmν/tMmνM_{m}^{\nu}/tM_{m}^{\nu}. Finite-dimensional \mathbb{C}^{*}-representations are semisimple, so the two weight multisets have the weights of ImI_{m} in common and have at most (m)\ell(m) unmatched weights on either side. Let dTVd_{\mathrm{TV}} denote total-variation distance. If μm\mu_{m} and μmν\mu_{m}^{\nu} denote the empirical probability measures of the central weights divided by mm, then

dTV(μm,μmν)dimTor1R(Qm,k0)+dim(Qm/tQm)h(m)2(m)h(m)=O(m1).d_{\mathrm{TV}}(\mu_{m},\mu_{m}^{\nu})\leq\frac{\dim\operatorname{Tor}^{R}_{1}(Q_{m},k_{0})+\dim(Q_{m}/tQ_{m})}{h(m)}\leq\frac{2\ell(m)}{h(m)}=O(m^{-1}).

Reflection under xxx\mapsto-x preserves total-variation distance. Thus the increasing-entry measures also have distance O(m1)O(m^{-1}), and the two Duistermaat–Heckman probability measures coincide. ∎

5.4. The integral product comparator

We finally clear the rational affine coefficients by base change and use the normalization comparison to retain both the zero invariant and the Duistermaat–Heckman law.

Proposition 5.9 (Integral product comparator).

Notation and conditions are as in Set-up 4.1, and let a,ba,b\in\mathbb{Q} be the coefficients in Corollary 5.5. There exists a positive integer NN with the following properties. Let 𝒯N\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N} be the ordinary base change by t=(t)Nt=(t^{\prime})^{N}, and let 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} be its normalization. Then 𝒯N\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N} is integral, while 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} is a normal ample test configuration for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}) with

(5.31) DF(𝒯N)=0.\DF(\mathcal{T}_{N})=0.

Its central-weight Duistermaat–Heckman probability law is the NN-dilation of the central-weight law of 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

The integers

(5.32) αN=Nea,βN=Nb\alpha_{N}=Nea,\qquad\beta_{N}=Nb

define a polarized product test configuration 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}. Its increasing jump on Vem,jV_{em,j} is

(5.33) wN(m,j)=αNm+βNj=N(eam+bj).w_{N}(m,j)=\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j=N(eam+bj).

After division by the actual degree, both opposite initial filtrations of 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}, as well as the product filtration of 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}, have convex transform

(5.34) Na+Nbx.Na+Nbx.
Proof.

We clear the denominators of the affine coefficients, prove integrality of the ordinary base change, compare it with its normalization, and then construct the product configuration from the resulting integral affine profile.

Step 1. We choose the base-change order and prove that the ordinary base change is integral. Choose NN such that the two numbers in (5.32) are integers, and form

𝒯N=𝒯×𝔸t1𝔸t1,t=(t)N.\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N}=\mathcal{T}\times_{\mathbb{A}^{1}_{t}}\mathbb{A}^{1}_{t^{\prime}},\qquad t=(t^{\prime})^{N}.

The base-changed family is flat over [t]\mathbb{C}[t^{\prime}], so multiplication by tt^{\prime} is injective on every affine coordinate ring. After inverting tt^{\prime}, the marked family is the integral product X×𝔾mX\times\mathbb{G}_{m}. Suppose that a product of two elements in an affine coordinate ring vanishes. One factor vanishes after localization, so a power of tt^{\prime} annihilates that factor. Torsion-freeness over [t]\mathbb{C}[t^{\prime}] makes the factor zero. Thus every affine coordinate ring is a domain, and 𝒯N\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N} is integral.

Let

νN:𝒯N𝒯N\nu_{N}\colon\mathcal{T}_{N}\to\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N}

be the normalization. Normalization is finite for a finite-type complex scheme. Finite pullback preserves relative ampleness and projectivity, and the action and marking lift to 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}. Its normal integral total space is torsion-free, hence flat, over the principal ideal domain [t]\mathbb{C}[t^{\prime}]. Therefore 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} is a normal ample test configuration for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}).

Step 2. We prove that normalization preserves the zero invariant and the dilated Duistermaat–Heckman law in this situation. Ordinary NN-fold base change multiplies every central weight by NN, and hence

(5.35) DF(𝒯N)=NDF(𝒯)=0.\DF(\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N})=N\DF(\mathcal{T})=0.

Lemma 5.8, applied to νN\nu_{N}, gives the following comparison. If cc is the coefficient in (5.24) and A0>0A_{0}>0 is the leading Hilbert coefficient, then

0DF(𝒯N)=2cA00.0-\DF(\mathcal{T}_{N})=\frac{2c}{A_{0}}\geq 0.

Proposition 5.3 gives DF(𝒯N)0\DF(\mathcal{T}_{N})\geq 0. Thus

DF(𝒯N)=0,c=0.\DF(\mathcal{T}_{N})=0,\qquad c=0.

The equality clause of Lemma 5.8 identifies the Duistermaat–Heckman laws of 𝒯N\mathcal{T}^{\prime}_{N} and 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}. Ordinary base change dilates every weight by NN, so this common law is the NN-dilation of the law of 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

Step 3. We identify the common affine profile after base change. Corollary 5.5 applied to 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} gives a common affine profile for its two opposite initial filtrations. Reflecting the dilated central-weight law to the increasing-entry coordinate, their entry law after division by the actual degree is

(Na+Nbx)ρ.(Na+Nbx)_{*}\rho.

Lemma 5.4 identifies their common profile with (5.34).

Step 4. We construct the integral product comparator. In the convention for increasing entries in Definition 2.1, the integer αN\alpha_{N} is the label of the scalar character and βN\beta_{N} is the label of fiber scaling. Let 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} be the resulting polarized product test configuration. Its increasing jump on Vem,jV_{em,j} is αNm+βNj\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j, which is (5.33). Dividing by the actual degree emem gives

wN(m,j)em=Na+Nbjem.\frac{w_{N}(m,j)}{em}=Na+Nb\frac{j}{em}.

Thus the product filtration has the transform in (5.34). No degreewise equality between 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} and 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} is asserted at this stage. That equality is the conclusion of the marked Smith argument in Section 6. ∎

6. Classification of zero-invariant test configurations

In this section, we prove Theorem B.

We use the increasing filtration convention fixed in Set-up 4.1. In particular, the section ring of AeA^{e} is the Veronese ring in (4.9), and its blocks for fiber scaling are those in (4.7).

6.1. Normal section algebras and marked rigidity

In this subsection, we prove that a sufficiently small marked relative Smith spectrum determines a normal ample test configuration.

Definition-Lemma 6.1 (Relative Smith spectrum).

Let 𝒪\mathcal{O} be a discrete valuation ring with uniformizer tt and fraction field KK, and let Λ1,Λ2\Lambda_{1},\Lambda_{2} be full 𝒪\mathcal{O}-lattices in an NN-dimensional KK-vector space. There exist a KK-basis e1,,eNe_{1},\ldots,e_{N} and uniquely determined integers r1,,rNr_{1},\ldots,r_{N}, up to permutation, such that

(6.1) Λ1=i=1N𝒪ei,Λ2=i=1N𝒪triei.\Lambda_{1}=\bigoplus_{i=1}^{N}\mathcal{O}e_{i},\qquad\Lambda_{2}=\bigoplus_{i=1}^{N}\mathcal{O}t^{r_{i}}e_{i}.

We call the multiset {r1,,rN}\{r_{1},\ldots,r_{N}\} the relative Smith spectrum of Λ1\Lambda_{1} and Λ2\Lambda_{2}.

Proof.

We choose 𝒪\mathcal{O}-bases of the two lattices and let AGLN(K)A\in\operatorname{GL}_{N}(K) be the matrix whose columns are the coordinates of the second basis in the first. Choose an integer MM such that tMAt^{M}A has entries in 𝒪\mathcal{O}. For a nonzero matrix over 𝒪\mathcal{O}, move an entry of minimum valuation to the upper-left corner. This entry divides every other entry because 𝒪\mathcal{O} is a discrete valuation ring. Elementary row and column operations over 𝒪\mathcal{O} therefore clear its column and row. Induction on NN, followed by absorbing units into the bases, gives

(6.2) U(tMA)V=diag(td1,,tdN),U,VGLN(𝒪),0d1dN.U(t^{M}A)V=\operatorname{diag}(t^{d_{1}},\ldots,t^{d_{N}}),\qquad U,V\in\operatorname{GL}_{N}(\mathcal{O}),\qquad 0\leq d_{1}\leq\cdots\leq d_{N}.

If the original bases are written as row vectors xx and y=xAy=xA, then xU1xU^{-1} is a basis of Λ1\Lambda_{1} and yVyV is a basis of Λ2\Lambda_{2}. Thus (6.1) holds with ri=diMr_{i}=d_{i}-M. For uniqueness, let Iq(A)I_{q}(A) be the fractional ideal generated by the qq-by-qq minors of AA. Left or right multiplication by an element of GLN(𝒪)\operatorname{GL}_{N}(\mathcal{O}) does not change this ideal. If the integers are ordered increasingly, the diagonal form gives

(6.3) ordtIq(A)=r1++rq,1qN.\operatorname{ord}_{t}I_{q}(A)=r_{1}+\cdots+r_{q},\qquad 1\leq q\leq N.

The successive differences of these intrinsic valuations determine the ordered list r1,,rNr_{1},\ldots,r_{N}, and hence determine the multiset. ∎

Lemma 6.2 (Normal Veronese section algebras).

Let

(6.4) π:𝒴𝔸1\pi\colon\mathcal{Y}\to\mathbb{A}^{1}

be a flat projective morphism such that 𝒴\mathcal{Y} is normal and integral and π𝒪𝒴=𝒪𝔸1\pi_{*}\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}}=\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{A}^{1}}. Let \mathcal{H} be a π\pi-ample \mathbb{C}^{*}-linearized line bundle, where the \mathbb{C}^{*}-action on 𝒴\mathcal{Y} covers the standard scaling action on 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1}, and put

(6.5) Sm=H0(𝒴,m),S=m0Sm.S_{m}=H^{0}(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}^{m}),\qquad S=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}S_{m}.

Then SS is a normal finitely generated domain over [t]\mathbb{C}[t]. Moreover, there exists a positive integer rr such that

(6.6) S(r)=k0SrkS^{(r)}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}S_{rk}

is a normal finitely generated domain generated over [t]\mathbb{C}[t] by SrS_{r}, and the same holds for every positive multiple of rr. In particular, r\mathcal{H}^{r} defines a relatively projectively normal equivariant embedding.

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be the generic polarized fiber, and fix an equivariant product identification over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}. Define the decreasing extension-order filtration

(6.7) FλH0(Y,Hrk)={stλs extends to a section of rk on 𝒴}.F^{\lambda}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk})=\left\{s\mid t^{-\lambda}s\text{ extends to a section of }\mathcal{H}^{rk}\text{ on }\mathcal{Y}\right\}.

Then this filtration has Rees algebra

(6.8) S(r)=k0λFλH0(Y,Hrk)tλ,S^{(r)}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}\bigoplus_{\lambda\in\mathbb{Z}}F^{\lambda}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk})t^{-\lambda},

with its section degree and \mathbb{C}^{*}-weight retained. If

(6.9) EH0(Y,Hrk)=FH0(Y,Hrk)E_{\ell}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk})=F^{-\ell}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk})

denotes the corresponding increasing filtration, then the marked extension lattice in (6.8) can be written as

(6.10) S(r)=k0tEH0(Y,Hrk).S^{(r)}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}\sum_{\ell\in\mathbb{Z}}t^{\ell}E_{\ell}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk}).
Proof.

We first prove finite generation of the full section algebra, then choose a Veronese generated in degree one. We next prove normality by divisorial valuations. Finally, we identify the equivariant section algebra with the Rees algebra of the extension-order filtration.

Step 1. In this step, we prove that SS is finitely generated over [t]\mathbb{C}[t].

Choose q>0q>0 such that q\mathcal{H}^{q} is relatively very ample and gives a closed immersion

𝒴[t]N.\mathcal{Y}\hookrightarrow\mathbb{P}^{N}_{\mathbb{C}[t]}.

For 0a<q0\leq a<q, the module

Ma=k0H0(𝒴,qk+a)M_{a}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}H^{0}(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}^{qk+a})

is the section module of the coherent sheaf a\mathcal{H}^{a} for this embedding. For a finite graded presentation of its pushforward to [t]N\mathbb{P}^{N}_{\mathbb{C}[t]}, the higher cohomology of the finitely many coherent relation sheaves vanishes after sufficiently large twists. Consequently, finitely many homogeneous sections generate all sufficiently large components over [t][x0,,xN]\mathbb{C}[t][x_{0},\ldots,x_{N}]. After adjoining the finitely many lower components, each MaM_{a} is finite over this polynomial ring. The finite direct sum of the modules MaM_{a} is SS, so SS is a finitely generated [t]\mathbb{C}[t]-algebra.

Step 2. In this step, we choose a Veronese of SS generated in degree one.

Choose homogeneous algebra generators x1,,xhx_{1},\ldots,x_{h} of positive degrees d1,,dhd_{1},\ldots,d_{h}, and let dd be a common multiple of the integers did_{i}. Inside S(d)S^{(d)}, with its rescaled grading, put

B=[t][x1d/d1,,xhd/dh].B=\mathbb{C}[t][x_{1}^{d/d_{1}},\ldots,x_{h}^{d/d_{h}}].

Each xix_{i} is integral over BB. Hence SS, and therefore C:=S(d)C:=S^{(d)}, is finite over BB. Choose homogeneous BB-module generators z1,,zsz_{1},\ldots,z_{s} of CC, of rescaled degrees e1,,ese_{1},\ldots,e_{s}, and choose nmaxiein\geq\max_{i}e_{i}. We prove that C(n)C^{(n)} is generated by CnC_{n}.

Let k2k\geq 2 and cCknc\in C_{kn}. Write

c=ibizi,biBknei.c=\sum_{i}b_{i}z_{i},\qquad b_{i}\in B_{kn-e_{i}}.

Since BB is standard graded, the multiplication map

BneiB(k1)nBkneiB_{n-e_{i}}\otimes B_{(k-1)n}\to B_{kn-e_{i}}

is surjective. Every term bizib_{i}z_{i} is consequently a sum of products of an element of CnC_{n} and an element of C(k1)nC_{(k-1)n}. Induction on kk proves that C(n)C^{(n)} is generated by CnC_{n}. Replace dndn by a positive multiple rr for which r\mathcal{H}^{r} is relatively very ample. The rr-th Veronese remains generated in degree one, which proves the generation assertion in (6.6).

Step 3. In this step, we prove that SS and S(r)S^{(r)} are normal domains.

Choose a nonzero rational section uu of \mathcal{H}, and let DD be its Cartier divisor. If KK is the function field of 𝒴\mathcal{Y}, then SS identifies with the subring of K[U]K[U] formed by the terms fUmfU^{m} such that

m0,div(f)+mD0.m\geq 0,\qquad\operatorname{div}(f)+mD\geq 0.

For every prime divisor EE of 𝒴\mathcal{Y}, this condition is

ordE(f)+mcoeffE(D)0.\operatorname{ord}_{E}(f)+m\operatorname{coeff}_{E}(D)\geq 0.

For every prime divisor EE, let REK[U]R_{E}\subset K[U] be the homogeneous valuation subring defined by this inequality. Thus S=K[U]ERES=K[U]\cap\bigcap_{E}R_{E}. Each ring in this intersection is integrally closed, and therefore SS is a normal domain.

The Veronese S(r)S^{(r)} is the invariant subring for the finite cyclic action that multiplies SmS_{m} by the mm-th power of a primitive rr-th root of unity. If an element of Frac(S(r))\operatorname{Frac}\left(S^{(r)}\right) is integral over S(r)S^{(r)}, then it is integral over SS, belongs to SS, and is fixed by the cyclic action. It belongs to S(r)S^{(r)}, which proves the normality of the Veronese.

Step 4. In this step, we identify the Rees algebra after fixing the product marking over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}.

The filtration in (6.7) is multiplicative because products of extensions extend. The \mathbb{C}^{*}-action decomposes every SrkS_{rk} into weight spaces. A section homogeneous for this weight restricts to a Laurent monomial tλst^{-\lambda}s, which extends precisely when sFλH0(Y,Hrk)s\in F^{\lambda}H^{0}(Y,H^{rk}). Taking weight components preserves the module of global sections. Hence extension holds coefficient by coefficient, and (6.8) follows. ∎

Lemma 6.3 (Marked affine module gluing).

Let A=[t]A=\mathbb{C}[t], let K=(t)K=\mathbb{C}(t), and let WW be a finite-dimensional KK-vector space. For i=1,2i=1,2, let MiWM_{i}\subset W be a finite torsion-free AA-module spanning WW. Suppose that fA(t)f\in A\setminus(t) and that

(6.11) (M1)f=(M2)f,(M1)t=(M2)t(M_{1})_{f}=(M_{2})_{f},\qquad(M_{1})_{t}=(M_{2})_{t}

as submodules of WW. Then M1=M2M_{1}=M_{2} inside WW.

Proof.

The condition f(0)0f(0)\neq 0 gives (f,t)=A(f,t)=A, so D(f)D(f) and D(t)D(t) cover SpecA\operatorname{Spec}A. For either module, the affine Čech sequence for this cover is exact. Torsion freeness embeds all of its terms in WW, and therefore

(6.12) Mi=(Mi)f(Mi)tinside W.M_{i}=(M_{i})_{f}\cap(M_{i})_{t}\quad\text{inside }W.

The overlap maps are the restrictions of the identity of WW. Substitution of (6.11) in (6.12) proves the assertion. ∎

Proposition 6.4 (Rigidity from the marked Smith spectrum).

Let (Y,H)(Y,H) be a connected normal nn-dimensional polarized complex projective variety. For i=1,2i=1,2, let

(6.13) (𝒴i,i)𝔸1(\mathcal{Y}_{i},\mathcal{H}_{i})\to\mathbb{A}^{1}

be a normal ample algebraic test configuration for (Y,H)(Y,H). Equip the two configurations with a common \mathbb{C}^{*}-equivariant product trivialization over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}, including a common marking of the generic line bundle and a common linearization convention. Their marked relative section algebras

(6.14) Si=d0H0(𝒴i,id)S_{i}=\bigoplus_{d\geq 0}H^{0}(\mathcal{Y}_{i},\mathcal{H}_{i}^{d})

lie in the common generic graded algebra

(6.15) d0H0(Y,Hd)[t,t1].\bigoplus_{d\geq 0}H^{0}(Y,H^{d})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}[t,t^{-1}].

Choose a common positive integer rr for which the rr-th Veronese of each SiS_{i} is normal and generated in rescaled degree one, as in Lemma 6.2. Put

𝒪\displaystyle\mathcal{O} =[t](t),\displaystyle=\mathbb{C}[t]_{(t)}, K\displaystyle K =(t),\displaystyle=\mathbb{C}(t), Vm\displaystyle V_{m} =H0(Y,Hrm)K,\displaystyle=H^{0}(Y,H^{rm})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}K,
(6.16) Λmi\displaystyle\Lambda_{m}^{i} =H0(𝒴i,irm)[t]𝒪Vm.\displaystyle=H^{0}(\mathcal{Y}_{i},\mathcal{H}_{i}^{rm})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}[t]}\mathcal{O}\subset V_{m}.

Put Nm=dimKVmN_{m}=\dim_{K}V_{m}. Let rm,1,,rm,Nmr^{\prime}_{m,1},\ldots,r^{\prime}_{m,N_{m}} be the relative Smith elementary divisors of Λm1\Lambda_{m}^{1} and Λm2\Lambda_{m}^{2} in the convention of Definition-Lemma 6.1. Assume that

(6.17) j=1Nm(rm,j)2=o(mn+2).\sum_{j=1}^{N_{m}}(r^{\prime}_{m,j})^{2}=o(m^{n+2}).

Then S1=S2S_{1}=S_{2} inside (6.15). Consequently, the two test configurations are isomorphic as marked polarized \mathbb{C}^{*}-equivariant test configurations.

Proof.

We prove Proposition 6.4 in three steps. First, we record a min–max criterion for the relative Smith integers. Second, a divisorial valuation turns any difference between the two localized Veronese algebras into a quadratic lower bound that contradicts (6.17). Third, normality removes the common Veronese and relative Proj\operatorname{Proj} recovers the marked test configuration.

Put

R~i=Si(r),Ri=(R~i)(t)=m0Λmi.\widetilde{R}_{i}=S_{i}^{(r)},\qquad R_{i}=(\widetilde{R}_{i})_{(t)}=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}\Lambda_{m}^{i}.

By Lemma 6.2, each R~i\widetilde{R}_{i} is a normal domain generated in rescaled degree one. Each localization RiR_{i} is also a normal domain generated in rescaled degree one, and

R1[t1]=R2[t1]R_{1}[t^{-1}]=R_{2}[t^{-1}]

inside the common marked generic algebra.

Step 1. In this step, we relate lattice-order separation on a subspace to the relative Smith spectrum.

For an 𝒪\mathcal{O}-lattice Λ\Lambda in a finite-dimensional KK-vector space and a nonzero element zz, put

Λ(z)=max{qztqΛ}.\ell_{\Lambda}(z)=\max\{q\in\mathbb{Z}\mid z\in t^{q}\Lambda\}.

Order the Smith integers decreasingly. Let δ>0\delta>0, and let WVmW\subset V_{m} be a DD-dimensional KK-subspace such that

Λm1(z)Λm2(z)δ\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{1}}(z)-\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{2}}(z)\geq\delta

for every nonzero zWz\in W. Choose a Smith basis e1,,eNme_{1},\ldots,e_{N_{m}} with

Λm1=j𝒪ej,Λm2=j𝒪trm,jej.\Lambda_{m}^{1}=\bigoplus_{j}\mathcal{O}\,e_{j},\qquad\Lambda_{m}^{2}=\bigoplus_{j}\mathcal{O}t^{r^{\prime}_{m,j}}e_{j}.

For z=jcjejz=\sum_{j}c_{j}e_{j}, we have

Λm1(z)=minjordt(cj),Λm2(z)=minj(ordt(cj)rm,j).\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{1}}(z)=\min_{j}\operatorname{ord}_{t}(c_{j}),\qquad\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{2}}(z)=\min_{j}\left(\operatorname{ord}_{t}(c_{j})-r^{\prime}_{m,j}\right).

If fewer than DD Smith integers were at least δ\delta, then WW would meet the span of the remaining basis vectors nontrivially, contradicting the order separation. Thus at least DD Smith integers are at least δ\delta. If instead Λm1(z)Λm2(z)δ\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{1}}(z)-\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{2}}(z)\leq-\delta on a DD-dimensional subspace, the argument with the two lattices interchanged shows that at least DD Smith integers are at most δ-\delta.

Step 2. In this step, we prove the quantitative contrapositive to (6.17).

Assume that R1R2R_{1}\neq R_{2}. Since both algebras are generated in degree one, their degree-one lattices differ. After interchanging the algebras if necessary, choose

x(R1)1(R2)1.x\in(R_{1})_{1}\setminus(R_{2})_{1}.

Since R2R_{2} is a normal Noetherian domain, it is the intersection of its localizations at the height-one prime ideals inside its fraction field by [Sta26, Tag 031T]. The element xR2x\notin R_{2} therefore has negative order along a height-one prime PP; write its normalized valuation as

vP(x)=a<0.v_{P}(x)=-a<0.

We may choose PP homogeneous. The finite set of negative prime components of the divisor of the homogeneous element xx is preserved by the connected section-grading torus, so each component is fixed. Moreover, tPt\in P. If tPt\notin P, then tt is a unit in (R2)P(R_{2})_{P} and xR2[t1](R2)Px\in R_{2}[t^{-1}]\subset(R_{2})_{P}, contradicting vP(x)<0v_{P}(x)<0. Put b=vP(t)>0b=v_{P}(t)>0.

Since tPt\in P, we have P𝒪=(t)P\cap\mathcal{O}=(t). The discrete valuation ring 𝒪\mathcal{O} is Cohen–Macaulay and hence universally catenary by [Sta26, Tag 00NM]. Its finite-type algebra R2R_{2} is therefore catenary by the definition of universal catenarity. Let

𝔪=(t)+(R2)>0.\mathfrak{m}=(t)+(R_{2})_{>0}.

The generic fiber of R2R_{2} is the section ring of the nn-fold (Y,Hr)(Y,H^{r}), so its fraction field has transcendence degree n+1n+1 over KK. The dimension formula [Sta26, Tag 02IJ] therefore gives ht(𝔪)=1+(n+1)=n+2\operatorname{ht}(\mathfrak{m})=1+(n+1)=n+2. Catenarity of the chain (0)P𝔪(0)\subset P\subset\mathfrak{m} gives ht(𝔪/P)=n+1\operatorname{ht}(\mathfrak{m}/P)=n+1. Since R2/PR_{2}/P is a standard graded complex domain and 𝔪/P\mathfrak{m}/P is its irrelevant ideal, [Sta26, Tag 00P6] gives

dim(R2/P)=n+1.\dim(R_{2}/P)=n+1.

The ideal PP is homogeneous and the degree-zero part of the quotient is 𝒪/(t)=\mathcal{O}/(t)=\mathbb{C}. Thus R2/PR_{2}/P is a standard graded complex domain of dimension n+1n+1. Its Hilbert function agrees in large degree with a polynomial of degree nn and positive leading coefficient. Hence

Dl=dim(R2/P)l=cPln+O(ln1)D_{l}=\dim_{\mathbb{C}}(R_{2}/P)_{l}=c_{P}l^{n}+O(l^{n-1})

for a positive constant cPc_{P}. Choose lifts

sl,1,,sl,Dl(R2)ls_{l,1},\ldots,s_{l,D_{l}}\in(R_{2})_{l}

of a complex basis modulo PP. If cj(t)Kc_{j}(t)\in K are not all zero and h=minjordt(cj(t))h=\min_{j}\operatorname{ord}_{t}(c_{j}(t)), put dj=thcj𝒪d_{j}=t^{-h}c_{j}\in\mathcal{O}. At least one djd_{j} has nonzero image in 𝒪/(t)\mathcal{O}/(t). The images of the sl,js_{l,j} form a complex basis modulo PP, so jdjsl,j\sum_{j}d_{j}s_{l,j} has nonzero image modulo PP. Factoring out tht^{h} therefore gives

vP(jcj(t)sl,j)=bh.v_{P}\left(\sum_{j}c_{j}(t)s_{l,j}\right)=bh.

In particular, the chosen lifts are KK-linearly independent.

The degree-one lattices are commensurable. Choose C0C\geq 0 such that

tC(R2)1(R1)1.t^{C}(R_{2})_{1}\subset(R_{1})_{1}.

Generation in degree one gives

tCl(R2)l(R1)l(l1).t^{Cl}(R_{2})_{l}\subset(R_{1})_{l}\qquad(l\geq 1).

For positive integers k,lk,l, put m=k+lm=k+l, and let Wk,lW_{k,l} be the KK-subspace spanned by

xktClsl,j,1jDl.x^{k}t^{Cl}s_{l,j},\qquad 1\leq j\leq D_{l}.

It has dimension DlD_{l}. For a nonzero element

z=xktCljcj(t)sl,j,z=x^{k}t^{Cl}\sum_{j}c_{j}(t)s_{l,j},

with h=minjordt(cj(t))h=\min_{j}\operatorname{ord}_{t}(c_{j}(t)), the generators xktClsl,jx^{k}t^{Cl}s_{l,j} lie in Λm1\Lambda_{m}^{1}, and hence

Λm1(z)h.\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{1}}(z)\geq h.

On the other hand,

vP(z)=ak+Clb+bh.v_{P}(z)=-ak+Clb+bh.

If ztqΛm2z\in t^{q}\Lambda_{m}^{2}, then vP(z)qbv_{P}(z)\geq qb. Therefore

Λm2(z)h+Clabk,\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{2}}(z)\leq h+Cl-\frac{a}{b}k,

and

(6.18) Λm1(z)Λm2(z)abkCl.\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{1}}(z)-\ell_{\Lambda_{m}^{2}}(z)\geq\frac{a}{b}k-Cl.

Choose a positive rational number ϵ\epsilon such that Cϵ<a/(2b)C\epsilon<a/(2b), with any positive ϵ\epsilon allowed when C=0C=0. Take infinitely many positive pairs (k,l)(k,l) with l/kϵl/k\to\epsilon. There exists γ>0\gamma>0 such that the right-hand side of (6.18) is at least γm\gamma m. The integer ll is a fixed positive proportion of mm, so Dlc1mnD_{l}\geq c_{1}m^{n} for a positive constant c1c_{1}. The DlD_{l}-dimensional subspace used to obtain (6.18) therefore forces at least DlD_{l} relative Smith integers to have absolute value at least γm\gamma m. Hence

j(rm,j)2c1γ2mn+2\sum_{j}(r^{\prime}_{m,j})^{2}\geq c_{1}\gamma^{2}m^{n+2}

along an infinite sequence. This contradicts (6.17), and we conclude that R1=R2R_{1}=R_{2}.

Step 3. In this step, we remove the common Veronese and recover the marked test configurations.

We first recover the two Veronese algebras over [t]\mathbb{C}[t]. Equality R1=R2R_{1}=R_{2} and finite generation allow us to clear the finitely many denominators in homogeneous generating sets. Hence there exists f[t](t)f\in\mathbb{C}[t]\setminus(t) such that

(R~1)f=(R~2)f.(\widetilde{R}_{1})_{f}=(\widetilde{R}_{2})_{f}.

Over D(t)D(t), the fixed punctured marking gives (R~1)t=(R~2)t(\widetilde{R}_{1})_{t}=(\widetilde{R}_{2})_{t}. Since f(0)0f(0)\neq 0, the open sets D(f)D(f) and D(t)D(t) cover Spec[t]\operatorname{Spec}\mathbb{C}[t]. The two identifications are restrictions of the identity inside (6.15). If Mi,d=(Si(r))dM_{i,d}=(S_{i}^{(r)})_{d} and

(6.19) Wd=H0(Y,Hrd)(t),W_{d}=H^{0}(Y,H^{rd})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}(t),

then M1,dM_{1,d} and M2,dM_{2,d} are finite torsion-free [t]\mathbb{C}[t]-submodules of the common space WdW_{d}. Applying Lemma 6.3 degree by degree gives

(6.20) Mi,d=(Mi,d)f(Mi,d)tinside WdM_{i,d}=(M_{i,d})_{f}\cap(M_{i,d})_{t}\quad\text{inside }W_{d}

and shows that the two sides agree for i=1,2i=1,2. Hence

S1(r)=S2(r).S_{1}^{(r)}=S_{2}^{(r)}.

Lemma 6.2 states that each full section algebra SiS_{i} is normal. If yy is homogeneous in S1S_{1}, then yrS2(r)y^{r}\in S_{2}^{(r)}. Thus yy is integral over S2S_{2}. It also belongs to S2[t1]S_{2}[t^{-1}], and hence to Frac(S2)\operatorname{Frac}(S_{2}). Normality gives yS2y\in S_{2}. Symmetry gives S1=S2S_{1}=S_{2} inside the marked generic algebra. For each ii, the canonical morphism

(6.21) 𝒴iProj𝔸1Si\mathcal{Y}_{i}\to\operatorname{Proj}_{\mathbb{A}^{1}}S_{i}

is an isomorphism by [Sta26, Tag 0C6J]. Under this isomorphism, the canonical evaluation map identifies Si(1)~\widetilde{S_{i}(1)} with i\mathcal{H}_{i} by [Sta26, Tag 01QI]. Equality of the full graded algebras therefore recovers the original polarization, not only its rrth power. The grading, common generic marking, and linearization are preserved, so the resulting isomorphism is an isomorphism of marked polarized equivariant test configurations. ∎

6.2. Residual filtrations and the oriented Smith spectrum

In this subsection, we identify the relative Smith spectrum with the jumps of the oriented initial and prove quadratic decay after subtracting the integral product profile.

Theorem 6.5 (Filtered jump measures, [BC11, Theorem 1.11 and Remark 1.12(i)]).

Let YY be a projective variety, let HH be an ample line bundle on YY, and let R(H)=m0H0(Y,Hm)R(H)=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}H^{0}(Y,H^{m}) carry a multiplicative filtration. Assume that, in the decreasing convention, the filtration is pointwise left bounded and linearly right bounded. Fix a full-rank valuation with one-dimensional leaves, and let GG be the associated concave transform on the Newton–Okounkov body. If Nm=h0(Y,Hm)N_{m}=h^{0}(Y,H^{m}) and λm,1,,λm,Nm\lambda_{m,1},\ldots,\lambda_{m,N_{m}} are the filtration jumps in degree mm, counted with multiplicity, then

(6.22) 1Nmk=1Nmδλm,k/mG(Lebvol(Δ(H)))\frac{1}{N_{m}}\sum_{k=1}^{N_{m}}\delta_{\lambda_{m,k}/m}\to G_{*}\left(\frac{\operatorname{Leb}}{\operatorname{vol}(\Delta(H))}\right)

weakly, where Δ(H)\Delta(H) is the Newton–Okounkov body of HH.

Lemma 6.6 (Quadratic decay of the residual jumps).

Notation and conditions are as in Proposition 5.9. Let χ\chi be an integral increasing filtration of R[e]R^{[e]} that preserves every block Vem,jV_{em,j}. Assume that χ\chi is multiplicative and two-sided linearly bounded, and that its convex transform after division by the actual AA-degree d=emd=em is (5.34). If iem,j,γχi^{\chi}_{em,j,\gamma} are its jumps, where 1γdimVem,j1\leq\gamma\leq\dim V_{em,j}, define the residual filtration η\eta by

(6.23) ηVem,j=χ+wN(m,j)Vem,j.\eta_{\leq\ell}\cap V_{em,j}=\chi_{\leq\ell+w_{N}(m,j)}\cap V_{em,j}.

Its jumps satisfy

(6.24) iem,j,γη=iem,j,γχwN(m,j),i^{\eta}_{em,j,\gamma}=i^{\chi}_{em,j,\gamma}-w_{N}(m,j),

where wN(m,j)w_{N}(m,j) is the integral product jump in (5.33). Then η\eta is an integral, multiplicative, two-sided linearly bounded filtration of the full ring R[e]R^{[e]}, and its convex transform is zero. If

(6.25) hm=h0(X,Aem),h_{m}=h^{0}(X,A^{em}),

then

(6.26) 1hmj,γδiem,j,γη/mδ0\frac{1}{h_{m}}\sum_{j,\gamma}\delta_{i^{\eta}_{em,j,\gamma}/m}\to\delta_{0}

weakly, and

(6.27) j,γ(iem,j,γη)2=o(m7).\sum_{j,\gamma}\left(i^{\eta}_{em,j,\gamma}\right)^{2}=o(m^{7}).
Proof.

We prove Lemma 6.6 in three steps. First, the inverse product profile gives an integral multiplicative filtration, and its blockwise sum with χ\chi is η\eta. Second, the convex transforms cancel, so the filtered jump measures converge to δ0\delta_{0}. Third, the common linear bound converts this weak convergence into the quadratic estimate.

Step 1. In this step, we prove the algebraic properties of the residual filtration.

The negative product profile assigns the scalar jump wN(m,j)-w_{N}(m,j) to Vem,jV_{em,j}. By (5.33), it is additive under multiplication:

wN(m+m,j+j)=wN(m,j)wN(m,j).-w_{N}(m+m^{\prime},j+j^{\prime})=-w_{N}(m,j)-w_{N}(m^{\prime},j^{\prime}).

Moreover, 0jem0\leq j\leq em and (5.32) give

|wN(m,j)|(|αN|+e|βN|)m.\lvert w_{N}(m,j)\rvert\leq(\lvert\alpha_{N}\rvert+e\lvert\beta_{N}\rvert)m.

Choose in each block a basis whose vectors of jump at most \ell span the \ell-th filtered piece of χ\chi. Formula (6.23) shifts every basis jump in Vem,jV_{em,j} by wN(m,j)-w_{N}(m,j). If uVem,ju\in V_{em,j} and vVem,jv\in V_{em^{\prime},j^{\prime}}, multiplicativity of χ\chi and additivity of the scalar profile give

iη(uv)iη(u)+iη(v).i^{\eta}(uv)\leq i^{\eta}(u)+i^{\eta}(v).

Thus η\eta is multiplicative. The filtration χ\chi is integral and two-sided linearly bounded, while wN(m,j)w_{N}(m,j) is integral and satisfies |wN(m,j)|(|αN|+e|βN|)m\lvert w_{N}(m,j)\rvert\leq(\lvert\alpha_{N}\rvert+e\lvert\beta_{N}\rvert)m. Hence η\eta is integral and two-sided linearly bounded.

Step 2. In this step, we determine the weak limit of the residual jump measures.

The convex transform of χ\chi is (5.34), and (5.33) has precisely that affine transform. Their difference is the zero transform. After passing from increasing jumps to the decreasing real extension, η\eta satisfies the hypotheses of Theorem 6.5 for the complete series of the ample line bundle AeA^{e}. The zero transform gives (6.26).

Step 3. In this step, we deduce the quadratic decay from (6.26).

The two-sided linear bound places the supports of all measures in (6.26) in one compact interval. Choose a bounded continuous function that agrees with x2x^{2} on this interval. Weak convergence gives

1hmj,γ(iem,j,γηm)20.\frac{1}{h_{m}}\sum_{j,\gamma}\left(\frac{i^{\eta}_{em,j,\gamma}}{m}\right)^{2}\to 0.

Since XX has dimension five, there exists a constant ce>0c_{e}>0 such that

hm=cem5+O(m4).h_{m}=c_{e}m^{5}+O(m^{4}).

Multiplying the normalized quadratic sum by m2hmm^{2}h_{m} proves (6.27). ∎

Definition 6.7 (Initial filtrations oriented by the weights).

Let V=jVjV=\bigoplus_{j}V_{j} carry an increasing filtration FF. Put

(6.28) Wj=kjVk,(Fhi)=jprj(FWj),W_{j}^{\leq}=\bigoplus_{k\leq j}V_{k},\qquad(F^{\mathrm{hi}})_{\ell}=\bigoplus_{j}\operatorname{pr}_{j}(F_{\ell}\cap W_{j}^{\leq}),

and

(6.29) Wj=kjVk,(Flo)=jprj(FWj).W_{j}^{\geq}=\bigoplus_{k\geq j}V_{k},\qquad(F^{\mathrm{lo}})_{\ell}=\bigoplus_{j}\operatorname{pr}_{j}(F_{\ell}\cap W_{j}^{\geq}).

We call these the initials obtained by taking the highest and lowest weight components, respectively. For an integer qq, the qq-oriented initial is FhiF^{\mathrm{hi}} if q>0q>0, is FloF^{\mathrm{lo}} if q<0q<0, and may be either one if q=0q=0.

Lemma 6.8 (Smith spectrum of an oriented initial).

Let

(6.30) V=jVjV=\bigoplus_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}V_{j}

be a finite-dimensional complex vector space with finitely many nonzero summands, and let FF be an exhaustive separated increasing integer filtration of VV. Fix integers c,qc,q, and let PP be the split filtration whose jump on Vj{0}V_{j}\setminus\{0\} is

(6.31) pj=c+qj.p_{j}=c+qj.

Put 𝒪=[t](t)\mathcal{O}=\mathbb{C}[t]_{(t)} and K=(t)K=\mathbb{C}(t). Associate to an increasing filtration EE the lattice

(6.32) ΛE=tEVK.\Lambda_{E}=\sum_{\ell\in\mathbb{Z}}t^{\ell}E_{\ell}\subset V\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}K.

Put N=dimVN=\dim_{\mathbb{C}}V. Let r1,,rNr_{1},\ldots,r_{N} be the relative Smith elementary divisors of ΛP\Lambda_{P} and ΛF\Lambda_{F} in the convention of Definition-Lemma 6.1, and let ForF_{\mathrm{or}} be the qq-oriented initial in Definition 6.7. There exists a homogeneous basis v1,,vNv_{1},\ldots,v_{N}, with viVjiv_{i}\in V_{j_{i}}, and integers aia_{i} such that For,F_{\mathrm{or},\ell} is spanned by the vectors viv_{i} with aia_{i}\leq\ell. For this basis,

(6.33) {r1,,rN}={ai(c+qji)1iN}\{r_{1},\ldots,r_{N}\}=\{a_{i}-(c+qj_{i})\mid 1\leq i\leq N\}

as multisets. In particular,

(6.34) i=1Nri2=i=1N(aicqji)2.\sum_{i=1}^{N}r_{i}^{2}=\sum_{i=1}^{N}(a_{i}-c-qj_{i})^{2}.
Proof.

We first construct a basis adapted to the filtration and to the weight flag. We then gauge the product lattice to the standard lattice and read the Smith integers from the gauged filtered basis. It is enough to prove the case q>0q>0. The case q<0q<0 follows after replacing every weight jj by j-j, and the case q=0q=0 follows from ΛP=tc(V𝒪)\Lambda_{P}=t^{c}(V\otimes\mathcal{O}).

Step 1. In this step, we construct a homogeneous basis for the initial obtained by taking the highest weight components.

Put

Wj=kjVk.W_{j}=\bigoplus_{k\leq j}V_{k}.

For each pair (,j)(\ell,j), choose a complement C,jC_{\ell,j} of

(F1Wj)+(FWj1)(F_{\ell-1}\cap W_{j})+(F_{\ell}\cap W_{j-1})

inside FWjF_{\ell}\cap W_{j}, omitting repeated filtration levels. Choose a basis of each complement. Induction on the finite ordered grid of pairs (,j)(\ell,j) shows that the vectors chosen up to (,j)(\ell,j) span FWjF_{\ell}\cap W_{j}. Their union is therefore a basis f1,,fNf_{1},\ldots,f_{N} of VV.

For each ii, let aia_{i} and jij_{i} be the indices of the complement containing fif_{i}. Then aia_{i} is the FF-jump of fif_{i}, the vector fif_{i} belongs to WjiW_{j_{i}}, and its image

vi=prji(fi)Vjiv_{i}=\operatorname{pr}_{j_{i}}(f_{i})\in V_{j_{i}}

is nonzero. For fixed ,j\ell,j, the vectors viv_{i} with aia_{i}\leq\ell and ji=jj_{i}=j form a basis of

prj(FWj)Vj.\operatorname{pr}_{j}(F_{\ell}\cap W_{j})\subset V_{j}.

Thus v1,,vNv_{1},\ldots,v_{N} is a homogeneous basis for FhiF^{\mathrm{hi}}, and the jump of viv_{i} is aia_{i}.

Step 2. In this step, we diagonalize the relative lattice after gauging the product filtration.

Define a KK-linear automorphism DD by

D|Vj=t(c+qj)idVj.D|_{V_{j}}=t^{-(c+qj)}\operatorname{id}_{V_{j}}.

Then DΛP=V𝒪D\Lambda_{P}=V\otimes\mathcal{O}. Write

fi=vi+k<jifi,k,fi,kVk.f_{i}=v_{i}+\sum_{k<j_{i}}f_{i,k},\qquad f_{i,k}\in V_{k}.

We have

D(taifi)=taicqji(vi+k<jitq(jik)fi,k).D(t^{a_{i}}f_{i})=t^{a_{i}-c-qj_{i}}\left(v_{i}+\sum_{k<j_{i}}t^{q(j_{i}-k)}f_{i,k}\right).

Put

ui(t)=vi+k<jitq(jik)fi,k.u_{i}(t)=v_{i}+\sum_{k<j_{i}}t^{q(j_{i}-k)}f_{i,k}.

Relative to the complex basis v1,,vNv_{1},\ldots,v_{N}, the matrix with columns ui(t)u_{i}(t) has constant term equal to the identity. It belongs to GLN(𝒪)\operatorname{GL}_{N}(\mathcal{O}). Since the basis f1,,fNf_{1},\ldots,f_{N} is adapted to FF, we obtain

DΛF=i𝒪taicqjiui(t).D\Lambda_{F}=\bigoplus_{i}\mathcal{O}\,t^{a_{i}-c-qj_{i}}u_{i}(t).

The relative Smith spectrum is invariant under the common gauge transformation DD. In the 𝒪\mathcal{O}-basis u1(t),,uN(t)u_{1}(t),\ldots,u_{N}(t), the two lattices are diagonal with exponents aicqjia_{i}-c-qj_{i}. This proves (6.33) and (6.34). ∎

Remark 6.9 (Dependence on the orientation).

Let V=e0e1V=\mathbb{C}e_{0}\oplus\mathbb{C}e_{1}, with comparator jumps 00 on e0\mathbb{C}e_{0} and 11 on e1\mathbb{C}e_{1}. Let FF be given by

(6.35) F1=0,F0=(e0+e1),F1=V.F_{-1}=0,\qquad F_{0}=\mathbb{C}(e_{0}+e_{1}),\qquad F_{1}=V.

The filtration FloF^{\mathrm{lo}} in (6.29) has residual jumps {0,0}\{0,0\}. The relative lattices are

(6.36) ΛF=𝒪(e0+e1)+𝒪te1,ΛP=𝒪e0+𝒪te1.\Lambda_{F}=\mathcal{O}(e_{0}+e_{1})+\mathcal{O}\,te_{1},\qquad\Lambda_{P}=\mathcal{O}\,e_{0}+\mathcal{O}\,te_{1}.

In the 𝒪\mathcal{O}-basis (e0,te1)(e_{0},te_{1}) of ΛP\Lambda_{P}, the transition matrix is

(6.37) (10t11).\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\ t^{-1}&1\end{pmatrix}.

Its minimum entry valuation is 1-1 and its determinant has valuation 00, so the relative Smith multiset is {1,1}\{-1,1\} and its square sum is 22. Thus the opposite orientation does not compute the relative Smith spectrum in this example, which explains the sign convention in Lemma 6.8.

6.3. Descent from the integral comparator

In this subsection, we eliminate the rounding introduced by deck descent and prove Theorem B.

Lemma 6.10 (Elimination of the ceiling error).

Let ee be a positive integer and let a,ba,b\in\mathbb{Q}. For every positive integer mm and 0jem0\leq j\leq em, put

(6.38) gem,j=aem+bj(aem+bj).g_{em,j}=\lceil aem+bj\rceil-(aem+bj).

Assume that there exists a constant CC such that

(6.39) j=0emgem,jC\sum_{j=0}^{em}g_{em,j}\leq C

for all sufficiently large mm. Then

(6.40) b,ea.b\in\mathbb{Z},\qquad ea\in\mathbb{Z}.

Consequently,

(6.41) aem+bj=aem+bj\lceil aem+bj\rceil=aem+bj

for every positive integer mm and every 0jem0\leq j\leq em.

Proof.

Write b=u/qb=u/q in lowest terms, with q>0q>0. If q>1q>1, then on any qq consecutive values of jj, the fractional parts of aem+bjaem+bj form a translate of the qq-grid. The sum of their ceiling errors is at least

q12.\frac{q-1}{2}.

The left-hand side of (6.39) would grow linearly with mm, which is a contradiction. Thus q=1q=1, and bb\in\mathbb{Z}.

The ceiling error is now independent of jj. Set

θm=eameam.\theta_{m}=\lceil eam\rceil-eam.

The bound in (6.39) gives

(em+1)θmC,(em+1)\theta_{m}\leq C,

so θm0\theta_{m}\to 0. Since eaea\in\mathbb{Q}, the sequence θm\theta_{m} takes values in a finite set. It follows that θm=0\theta_{m}=0 for all sufficiently large mm. Two consecutive such integers mm show that eaea\in\mathbb{Z}. Substitution proves (6.41). ∎

Proof of Theorem B.

The nonnegativity assertion is Proposition 5.3. Assume that DF(𝒯)=0\DF(\mathcal{T})=0. Corollary 5.7 gives the rational coefficients a,ba,b of the common affine transform. Proposition 5.9 gives a positive integer NN, the normalized base change 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}, and the integral product comparator 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}. They satisfy (5.32), (5.33), and (5.34), and DF(𝒯N)=0\DF(\mathcal{T}_{N})=0.

We prove the equality assertion in four steps. First, the oriented initial of Definition 6.7 identifies the relative Smith spectrum of 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} and 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} with the residual jumps. Second, quadratic decay and marked rigidity identify the normalized base change with the product comparator. Third, deck invariants descend the equality of the marked extension lattices to a filtration that is scalar on each block and has ceiling jumps. Finally, the uniform bound in (4.90) removes the ceiling error.

Step 1. In this step, we prove that the relative Smith spectrum of 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} and 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} has quadratic sum o(m7)o(m^{7}).

Choose FhiF^{\mathrm{hi}} from (6.28) if βN>0\beta_{N}>0, choose FloF^{\mathrm{lo}} from (6.29) if βN<0\beta_{N}<0, and choose either filtration if βN=0\beta_{N}=0. Denote its jumps on Vem,jV_{em,j} by

iem,j,γs.i^{s}_{em,j,\gamma}.

Let rm,γr_{m,\gamma} be the relative Smith integers of the marked extension lattices of 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} and 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}. In section degree mm, Lemma 6.8, with c=αNmc=\alpha_{N}m and q=βNq=\beta_{N}, gives

(6.42) γrm,γ2=j,γ(iem,j,γswN(m,j))2.\sum_{\gamma}r_{m,\gamma}^{2}=\sum_{j,\gamma}\left(i^{s}_{em,j,\gamma}-w_{N}(m,j)\right)^{2}.

The projected initial just chosen is the Grassmannian initial used in Set-up 4.1. To prove this, fix mm, let FF be the degree-mm filtration of 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}, and let gug_{u} act on Vem,jV_{em,j} by ujidu^{j}\operatorname{id}. For the highest-weight flag, choose by successive complements on the finite grid of pairs (,j)(\ell,j) a basis fif_{i} simultaneously adapted to FF and to the flag WjW_{j}^{\leq}. Write fi=vi+k<jifi,kf_{i}=v_{i}+\sum_{k<j_{i}}f_{i,k}, where 0viVem,ji0\neq v_{i}\in V_{em,j_{i}} and fi,kVem,kf_{i,k}\in V_{em,k}. If aia_{i} is the FF-jump of fif_{i}, then the fif_{i} with aia_{i}\leq\ell span FF_{\ell}, whereas the corresponding viv_{i} span (Fhi)(F^{\mathrm{hi}})_{\ell}. The normalized frames ujigu(fi)=vi+k<jiukjifi,ku^{-j_{i}}g_{u}(f_{i})=v_{i}+\sum_{k<j_{i}}u^{k-j_{i}}f_{i,k} converge to the linearly independent vectors viv_{i} as uu\to\infty. Hence gu(F)(Fhi)g_{u}(F_{\ell})\to(F^{\mathrm{hi}})_{\ell} in the Grassmannian. Replacing every weight jj by j-j gives gu(F)(Flo)g_{u}(F_{\ell})\to(F^{\mathrm{lo}})_{\ell} as u0u\to 0. Since λ(z)=gz1\lambda_{-}(z)=g_{z^{-1}} and λ+(z)=gz\lambda_{+}(z)=g_{z} in (4.10), this proves χ=Fhi\chi^{-}=F^{\mathrm{hi}} and χ+=Flo\chi^{+}=F^{\mathrm{lo}}. Thus the selected initial is χ\chi^{-} when βN>0\beta_{N}>0, is χ+\chi^{+} when βN<0\beta_{N}<0, and may be either one when βN=0\beta_{N}=0.

Lemma 4.8, applied to 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}, now shows that the selected initial is block preserving, integral, multiplicative, and two-sided linearly bounded on R[e]R^{[e]}. By Proposition 5.9, its convex transform is (5.34). Hence Lemma 6.6 applies and gives

j,γ(iem,j,γswN(m,j))2=o(m7).\sum_{j,\gamma}\left(i^{s}_{em,j,\gamma}-w_{N}(m,j)\right)^{2}=o(m^{7}).

Together with (6.42), this proves

(6.43) γrm,γ2=o(m7).\sum_{\gamma}r_{m,\gamma}^{2}=o(m^{7}).

Step 2. In this step, we identify the normalized base change with the product comparator.

The test configurations 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N} and 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} carry a common generic marking. On 𝒯N\mathcal{T}_{N}, this is the base change of the original marking under t=(t)Nt=(t^{\prime})^{N}. The pulled-back polarization has its canonical deck linearization: the deck group acts trivially on the marked generic line-bundle factor and sends tt^{\prime} to ζt\zeta t^{\prime}. This action lifts functorially through normalization. The product comparator is placed in the common marked Laurent algebra with this linearization. Twisting by an additional μN\mu_{N}-character would define a different descent datum and is not part of either marked base change.

Choose a common Veronese in section degree as in Lemma 6.2. The estimate (6.43) remains valid after this fixed rescaling of the section degree. Since dimX=5\dim X=5, the exponent in (6.17) is 5+2=75+2=7. Therefore Proposition 6.4 gives a marked polarized equivariant isomorphism

𝒯N𝒫N.\mathcal{T}_{N}\simeq\mathcal{P}_{N}.

Equivalently, if Λ𝒯N,m\Lambda_{\mathcal{T}_{N},m} is the marked degree-mm extension lattice, then

(6.44) Λ𝒯N,m=j=0em(t)αNm+βNjVem,j[t]\Lambda_{\mathcal{T}_{N},m}=\bigoplus_{j=0}^{em}(t^{\prime})^{\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j}V_{em,j}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}[t^{\prime}]

inside the marked Laurent extension. The equality in (6.44) is equality of submodules of that fixed ambient algebra, not an abstract isomorphism chosen afterward. The deck action on its right-hand side is consequently the restriction of the canonical ambient action.

Step 3. In this step, we descend (6.44) by taking deck invariants.

The deck group μN\mu_{N} acts on the normalized base change. On an affine normal chart SpecR\operatorname{Spec}R of 𝒯\mathcal{T}, the ordinary base-change ring is

S=R[t]/((t)Nt).S=R[t^{\prime}]/\left((t^{\prime})^{N}-t\right).

If S¯\overline{S} is its normalization, then

(6.45) S¯μN=R.\overline{S}^{\mu_{N}}=R.

Proposition 5.9 shows that SS is a domain. Localizing this domain at R{0}R\setminus\{0\} gives

Frac(R)[X]/(XNt),\operatorname{Frac}(R)[X]/(X^{N}-t),

which is again a domain; hence XNtX^{N}-t is irreducible over Frac(R)\operatorname{Frac}(R). Monicity gives the free RR-basis 1,t,,(t)N11,t^{\prime},\ldots,(t^{\prime})^{N-1}. Thus the extension in (6.46) has degree NN, and its displayed μN\mu_{N}-action is the full Galois group. The fraction fields satisfy

(6.46) Frac(S¯)=Frac(R)(t),(t)N=t,Frac(S¯)μN=Frac(R).\operatorname{Frac}(\overline{S})=\operatorname{Frac}(R)(t^{\prime}),\qquad(t^{\prime})^{N}=t,\qquad\operatorname{Frac}(\overline{S})^{\mu_{N}}=\operatorname{Frac}(R).

An invariant element therefore belongs to Frac(R)\operatorname{Frac}(R) and is integral over RR. Normality of RR places it in RR. Every element of RR maps to a μN\mu_{N}-invariant element of S¯\overline{S}, which gives the reverse inclusion. Thus 𝒯N/μN=𝒯\mathcal{T}_{N}/\mu_{N}=\mathcal{T}.

Write 𝒯=(𝒴,)\mathcal{T}=(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H}) and 𝒯N=(𝒴N,N)\mathcal{T}_{N}=(\mathcal{Y}_{N},\mathcal{H}_{N}), and let q:𝒴N𝒴q\colon\mathcal{Y}_{N}\to\mathcal{Y} be the quotient morphism. The canonical base-change linearization is carried by N=q\mathcal{H}_{N}=q^{*}\mathcal{H}. The projection formula and (6.45) give

(6.47) (qNm)μN=m(q𝒪𝒴N)μN=m.\left(q_{*}\mathcal{H}_{N}^{m}\right)^{\mu_{N}}=\mathcal{H}^{m}\otimes\left(q_{*}\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}_{N}}\right)^{\mu_{N}}=\mathcal{H}^{m}.

Taking global sections in (6.47) identifies the downstairs degree-mm section lattice with the invariant part of the upstairs degree-mm lattice.

Under the pulled-back generic marking, μN\mu_{N} acts trivially on every Vem,jV_{em,j} and sends tt^{\prime} to ζt\zeta t^{\prime} for ζμN\zeta\in\mu_{N}. This marking is the pullback of the original marking under t=(t)Nt=(t^{\prime})^{N}, so the deck group acts only on the parameter tt^{\prime}; explicitly,

(6.48) s(t)ksζk(t)k.s\otimes(t^{\prime})^{k}\longmapsto s\otimes\zeta^{k}(t^{\prime})^{k}.

For every integer ww, the invariant block is

(6.49) ((t)wVem,j[t])μN=tw/NVem,j[t].\left((t^{\prime})^{w}V_{em,j}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}[t^{\prime}]\right)^{\mu_{N}}=t^{\lceil w/N\rceil}V_{em,j}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}[t].

A section downstairs pulls back to an invariant section upstairs, and 𝒯\mathcal{T}-lattice is the invariant lattice by (6.47). Deck invariance requires the tt^{\prime}-exponent to be divisible by NN. On Vem,jV_{em,j}, the least admissible invariant exponent is

min{NαNm+βNj}=NαNm+βNjN=Neam+bj.\min\{\ell\in N\mathbb{Z}\mid\ell\geq\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j\}=N\left\lceil\frac{\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j}{N}\right\rceil=N\lceil eam+bj\rceil.

This identity is valid without a sign restriction on αNm+βNj\alpha_{N}m+\beta_{N}j. Consequently, the increasing jump of the original filtration on Vem,jV_{em,j} is

(6.50) eam+bj.\lceil eam+bj\rceil.

Step 4. In this step, we remove the ceiling error and identify the original test configuration with a product.

The filtration in (6.50) is scalar on every block Vem,jV_{em,j}. Fiber scaling acts by a scalar on each block and therefore preserves every filtered subspace. Both opposite initials equal the descended filtration. In the actual degree d=emd=em, its normalized jump is

ad+bjd.\frac{\lceil ad+bj\rceil}{d}.

The difference from a+b(j/d)a+b(j/d) is less than 1/d1/d, so the convex profile is a+bxa+bx. By (4.89), the block-average gap for the descended filtration is exactly

(6.51) gd,j=ad+bj(ad+bj).g_{d,j}=\lceil ad+bj\rceil-(ad+bj).

Lemma 4.13, applied to this zero-invariant initial, and (4.90) give a constant C𝒯C_{\mathcal{T}} such that

j=0dgd,jC𝒯\sum_{j=0}^{d}g_{d,j}\leq C_{\mathcal{T}}

for all sufficiently large supported degrees d=emd=em.

Lemma 6.10 now gives

α:=ea,β:=b.\alpha:=ea\in\mathbb{Z},\qquad\beta:=b\in\mathbb{Z}.

Substitution in (6.50) gives the jump αm+βj\alpha m+\beta j in (1.7) on every block Vem,jV_{em,j}. The marked section algebra is the product Rees algebra in which fiber scaling contributes βj\beta j and the scalar character contributes αm\alpha m to the increasing entry on Vem,jV_{em,j}, in the convention of Definition 2.1. Relative Proj\operatorname{Proj} recovers 𝒯\mathcal{T} as the polarized product test configuration described in Theorem B. ∎

7. Proof of Theorem A

In this section, we prove Theorem A and then derive Corollaries 1.5 and 1.6.

Proof of Theorem A.

We verify the three assertions in Theorem A in the order in which they are stated. We retain the notation of Construction 3.7 throughout the proof. Lemma 3.3 gives curves with the genera in (1.1) and the vanishing in (1.2). With these curves, Construction 3.7 defines (X,A)(X,A) from the degrees in (1.3). Proposition 3.8 shows that XX is a smooth projective fivefold, that AA is ample, and that Aut0(X)=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}, where the action is fiber scaling.

We next prove K-polystability at every positive exponent. Fix a positive integer ee, and let 𝒯\mathcal{T} be a normal ample algebraic test configuration whose generic polarized fiber is (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). Proposition 5.3 gives

(7.1) DF(𝒯)0.\DF(\mathcal{T})\geq 0.

If equality holds, Theorem B identifies 𝒯\mathcal{T} with the polarized product induced by an integral one-parameter subgroup of fiber scaling together with a scalar character on the polarization. Since ee and 𝒯\mathcal{T} were arbitrary, this proves the second assertion of Theorem A.

Finally, we prove the analytic nonexistence assertion. Proposition 3.13 shows that c1(A)c_{1}(A) contains no extremal Kähler metric. In particular, it contains no cscK metric. Thus (X,A)(X,A) satisfies the hypothesis of Conjecture 1.1 but not its conclusion. This completes the proof of Theorem A. ∎

7.1. Scheme-theoretic consequences

This subsection proves Corollary 1.5 for arbitrary ample scheme-theoretic test configurations and then proves Corollary 1.6 for the unrepaired equality convention.

Proof of Corollary 1.5.

Let ν:𝒴ν𝒴\nu\colon\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}\to\mathcal{Y} be the normalization, and put ν=ν\mathcal{H}^{\nu}=\nu^{*}\mathcal{H}. We first verify that this is a normal ample test configuration, then use the normalization comparison, and finally determine the equality case.

Step 1. In this step, we show that (𝒴ν,ν)(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu}) is a normal ample test configuration for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}). The generic polarized fiber is the marked product with the smooth connected variety XX, and is therefore integral. If SpecR𝒴\operatorname{Spec}R\subseteq\mathcal{Y} is affine, flatness over [t]\mathbb{C}[t] makes the homomorphism

(7.2) RR[t1]R\to R[t^{-1}]

injective. The target is the coordinate ring of an affine open subset of X×𝔾mX\times\mathbb{G}_{m} and is a domain. Hence RR is a domain, so 𝒴\mathcal{Y} is integral.

The normalization is finite and inherits the \mathbb{C}^{*}-action and the marking over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}. Its coordinate rings are torsion free over the principal ideal domain [t]\mathbb{C}[t], and hence the normalization remains flat over 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1}. Finite pullback preserves relative ampleness. Consequently, (𝒴ν,ν)(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu}) is a normal ample algebraic test configuration for (X,Ae)(X,A^{e}).

Step 2. In this step, we prove the nonnegativity of the Donaldson–Futaki invariant. Put

(7.3) 𝒬=ν𝒪𝒴ν/𝒪𝒴.\mathcal{Q}=\nu_{*}\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}^{\nu}}/\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Y}}.

Lemma 5.8 gives a number c0c\geq 0 and the identity

(7.4) DF(𝒴,)=DF(𝒴ν,ν)+2cA0,A0>0.\DF(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})=\DF(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu})+\frac{2c}{A_{0}},\qquad A_{0}>0.

Theorem B gives

(7.5) DF(𝒴ν,ν)0.\DF(\mathcal{Y}^{\nu},\mathcal{H}^{\nu})\geq 0.

Combining (7.4) and (7.5) proves (1.16).

Step 3. We determine the equality case in this step. If DF(𝒴,)=0\DF(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})=0, then both terms on the right-hand side of (7.4) vanish. Theorem B identifies the normalization with the polarized product induced by an integral one-parameter subgroup of fiber scaling together with a scalar character. Since c=0c=0, Lemma 5.8 shows that 𝒬\mathcal{Q} is supported in total-space codimension at least two. The finite morphism ν\nu is an isomorphism away from this support.

Conversely, suppose that the normalization is the asserted polarized product and that ν\nu is an isomorphism away from a closed subset of total-space codimension at least two. The product has zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant: inverting both the one-parameter subgroup and the scalar character yields another normal ample product configuration whose invariant is the negative of the first, and Proposition 5.3 makes both nonnegative. The support condition gives c=0c=0 in (7.4). Hence DF(𝒴,)=0\DF(\mathcal{Y},\mathcal{H})=0. This completes the proof of Corollary 1.5. ∎

Proof of Corollary 1.6.

We construct an explicit exponent-six test configuration of (1,𝒪1(1))(\mathbb{P}^{1},\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(1)), compute its Donaldson–Futaki invariant, and compare it with the Fubini–Study metric.

Step 1. In this step, we construct a nonnormal scheme-theoretic test configuration with trivial normalization. Inside 𝖲=[t,x,y]\mathsf{S}=\mathbb{C}[t,x,y], let

(7.6) 𝖠=[t,y,tx,x2,x3]=[t,y,u,a,b],u=tx,a=x2,b=x3.\mathsf{A}=\mathbb{C}[t,y,tx,x^{2},x^{3}]=\mathbb{C}[t,y,u,a,b],\qquad u=tx,\quad a=x^{2},\quad b=x^{3}.

Give these generators the grading

(7.7) deg(t)=0,deg(y)=deg(u)=1,deg(a)=2,deg(b)=3.\deg(t)=0,\qquad\deg(y)=\deg(u)=1,\qquad\deg(a)=2,\qquad\deg(b)=3.

The algebra 𝖠\mathsf{A} is a finitely generated domain, and its degree-mm piece is the free [t]\mathbb{C}[t]-module

(7.8) 𝖠m=[t]ymt[t]xym1j=2m[t]xjymj.\mathsf{A}_{m}=\mathbb{C}[t]y^{m}\oplus t\mathbb{C}[t]xy^{m-1}\oplus\bigoplus_{j=2}^{m}\mathbb{C}[t]x^{j}y^{m-j}.

Thus

(7.9) 𝒵=Proj[t](𝖠),=𝒪𝒵(6)\mathcal{Z}=\operatorname{Proj}_{\mathbb{C}[t]}(\mathsf{A}),\qquad\mathcal{L}=\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{Z}}(6)

is flat over 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1}. The standard presentation of the sixth Veronese is generated in degree one, so \mathcal{L} is a relatively ample line bundle. It follows that (𝒵,)(\mathcal{Z},\mathcal{L}) is an algebraic test configuration for (1,𝒪1(6))(\mathbb{P}^{1},\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(6)), and hence is an exponent-six test configuration for (1,𝒪1(1))(\mathbb{P}^{1},\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(1)).

The fraction fields of 𝖠\mathsf{A} and 𝖲\mathsf{S} agree because x=b/ax=b/a, and xx is integral over 𝖠\mathsf{A} because it satisfies X2a=0X^{2}-a=0. Since 𝖲\mathsf{S} is integrally closed, it is the normalization of 𝖠\mathsf{A}. Therefore the normalization of 𝒵\mathcal{Z} is the product 1×𝔸1\mathbb{P}^{1}\times\mathbb{A}^{1}. After inverting tt, the identity x=u/tx=u/t gives 𝖠[t1]=𝖲[t1]\mathsf{A}[t^{-1}]=\mathsf{S}[t^{-1}], while after inverting aa, the identity x=b/ax=b/a gives 𝖠[a1]=𝖲[a1]\mathsf{A}[a^{-1}]=\mathsf{S}[a^{-1}]. The normalization quotient is therefore supported on V(t,a)V(t,a). The relations b2=a3b^{2}=a^{3} and u2=t2au^{2}=t^{2}a show that its support is the codimension-two locus V(t,a,b,u)V(t,a,b,u). In relative Proj this is the single point defined by

(7.10) (t,a,b,u).(t,a,b,u).

Thus the normalization is an isomorphism away from that point.

The central fiber has the presentation

(7.11) 𝖠/t𝖠=[y,u,a,b]/(u2,ua,ub,b2a3).\mathsf{A}/t\mathsf{A}=\mathbb{C}[y,u,a,b]/(u^{2},ua,ub,b^{2}-a^{3}).

The basis (7.8) shows that the class of uu is nonzero. Its annihilator in (7.11) is (u,a,b)(u,a,b), whereas the minimal prime is (u)(u). Hence (u,a,b)(u,a,b) is an embedded associated prime. In particular, the central fiber is nonreduced and 𝒵\mathcal{Z} is not the product test configuration.

Step 2. In this step, we compute the Donaldson–Futaki invariant of 𝒵\mathcal{Z}. Let \mathbb{C}^{*} act with weight one on tt and uu, and with weight zero on x,y,a,bx,y,a,b. This action covers the standard action on 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1} and becomes the trivial product action on the normalization. In polarization degree kk, set m=6km=6k. The basis in (7.8) gives

(7.12) h(k)=6k+1,w(k)=1.h(k)=6k+1,\qquad w(k)=1.

Thus both functions in (7.12) are computed from the free pieces of the sixth Veronese, which is the section algebra of the chosen polarization \mathcal{L}. Thus the leading and subleading coefficients of the total weight are both zero, and

(7.13) DF(𝒵,)=0.\DF(\mathcal{Z},\mathcal{L})=0.

Step 3. We compare the test configuration with the cscK metric and conclude the proof in this step. The Fubini–Study metric is a cscK metric in c1(𝒪1(1))c_{1}(\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(1)). On the other hand, (7.13) holds and 𝒵\mathcal{Z} is not a product because its central fiber in (7.11) is nonreduced. These facts violate the unmodified equality condition requiring an actual product. This is the codimension-two phenomenon isolated by Stoppa as being trivial in codimension two; see [Sto11, p. 1 and Definition 1]. Hence the literal scheme-theoretic equality convention is not necessary for cscK existence. This completes the proof of Corollary 1.6. ∎

8. Vanishing of the reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient

The goal of this section is to construct the test configurations in Theorem C and compute their reduced Donaldson–Futaki quotient.

Lemma 8.1 (Sufficiently divisible Veronese gradings).

Let S=m0SmS=\bigoplus_{m\geq 0}S_{m} be a finitely generated graded algebra over the Noetherian ring S0S_{0}. There exists a positive integer r0r_{0} such that, for every positive multiple rr of r0r_{0}, the Veronese algebra

(8.1) S(r)=k0SrkS^{(r)}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}S_{rk}

is generated over S0S_{0} by SrS_{r}.

Proof.

Choose homogeneous algebra generators x1,,xhx_{1},\ldots,x_{h} of positive degrees d1,,dhd_{1},\ldots,d_{h}, and let dd be a common multiple of the did_{i}. The algebra C=S(d)C=S^{(d)}, with its rescaled grading, is finite over the algebra

(8.2) B=S0[x1d/d1,,xhd/dh],B=S_{0}[x_{1}^{d/d_{1}},\ldots,x_{h}^{d/d_{h}}],

which is generated in degree one. Choose homogeneous BB-module generators z1,,zsz_{1},\ldots,z_{s} of CC, of degrees e1,,ese_{1},\ldots,e_{s}, and choose nmaxiein\geq\max_{i}e_{i}.

Let k2k\geq 2 and write an element of CknC_{kn} as

(8.3) c=ibizi,biBknei.c=\sum_{i}b_{i}z_{i},\qquad b_{i}\in B_{kn-e_{i}}.

Since BB is generated in degree one, multiplication from BneiB(k1)nB_{n-e_{i}}\otimes B_{(k-1)n} onto BkneiB_{kn-e_{i}} is surjective. Each term in (8.3) is therefore a sum of products of an element of CnC_{n} and an element of C(k1)nC_{(k-1)n}. Induction on kk shows that C(n)C^{(n)} is generated in degree one. Put r0=dnr_{0}=dn. If rr is a positive multiple of r0r_{0}, then S(r)S^{(r)} is a Veronese of the degree-one-generated algebra S(r0)S^{(r_{0})} and is again generated in degree one. ∎

Theorem 8.2 (Openness of relative ampleness, [Sta26, Tag 0D2N]).

Let f:YSf\colon Y\to S be a proper morphism of schemes with SS Noetherian, let HH be a line bundle on YY, and let sSs\in S. If H|YsH|_{Y_{s}} is ample, then there exists an open neighborhood UU of ss such that

(8.4) H|f1(U) is ample relative to U.H|_{f^{-1}(U)}\text{ is ample relative to }U.
Proof.

This is [Sta26, Tag 0D2N]. ∎

Theorem 8.3 (Relative ampleness and projectivity, [Sta26, Tags 01VJ and 0B45]).

Let f:YSf\colon Y\to S be a quasi-compact morphism, and let HH be a line bundle on YY. If SS has an affine open covering S=iUiS=\bigcup_{i}U_{i} such that H|f1(Ui)H|_{f^{-1}(U_{i})} is ample for every ii, then HH is ff-ample. If, in addition, SS has an ample line bundle and ff is proper, then ff is projective.

Proof.

The first assertion is [Sta26, Tag 01VJ], and the second is the implication from condition (6) to condition (1) in [Sta26, Tag 0B45]. ∎

Proposition 8.4 (Rational single creases).

Let μ=c/q(0,1)\mu=c/q\in\mathbb{Q}\cap(0,1), where cc and qq are coprime positive integers, and let dd be a positive integer such that dμd\mu\in\mathbb{Z}. Put

(8.5) fμ(x)=(xμ)+.f_{\mu}(x)=(x-\mu)_{+}.

For every sufficiently divisible positive integer rr, the saturated epigraph of dfμdf_{\mu}, with its rr-th Veronese polarization in section degree, defines a normal nonproduct TT-equivariant algebraic test configuration 𝒯(d,μ,r)\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r) of exponent rr for (X,A)(X,A). For every k1k\geq 1, its increasing filtration entry on Vrk,j=H0(B,MrkLj)V_{rk,j}=H^{0}(B,M^{rk}\otimes L^{j}) is

(8.6) drkfμ(j/(rk))=max{0,djdμrk},0jrk.drkf_{\mu}(j/(rk))=\max\{0,dj-d\mu rk\},\qquad 0\leq j\leq rk.

Its Donaldson–Futaki invariant is

(8.7) DF(𝒯(d,μ,r))=dF(μ)a0.\DF\bigl(\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r)\bigr)=\frac{dF(\mu)}{a_{0}}.

The limiting distribution of the normalized fiber coordinate j/(rk)j/(rk) is the probability measure

(8.8) dν(x)=p(x)a0dxon [0,1].d\nu(x)=\frac{p(x)}{a_{0}}\,dx\qquad\text{on }[0,1].

The product test configuration generated by fiber scaling satisfies

(8.9) DFfib=F(1)a0=0.\DF_{\mathrm{fib}}=-\frac{F(1)}{a_{0}}=0.
Proof.

We first construct the test configuration from its saturated epigraph and then compute its invariant from the exact dimensions of the blocks in large degree. We use the notation of Set-up 3.9.

Step 1. In this step, we construct 𝒯(d,μ,r)\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r) and prove its normality and nonproductness. The function dfμdf_{\mu} has integral slopes and intercepts. Put

(8.10) g(m,j)=dmfμ(j/m)(m1, 0jm),g(m,j)=dmf_{\mu}(j/m)\qquad(m\geq 1,\ 0\leq j\leq m),

and put g(0,0)=0g(0,0)=0. This is the positively homogeneous extension of dfμdf_{\mu}. Its epigraph semigroup is

(8.11) Σ={(m,j,)3m0, 0jm,g(m,j)}.\Sigma=\{(m,j,\ell)\in\mathbb{Z}^{3}\mid m\geq 0,\ 0\leq j\leq m,\ \ell\geq g(m,j)\}.

Triangulate the rational polyhedral cone given by the epigraph into rational simplicial cones and choose an integral generator on each ray. Every lattice point in one of these cones is the sum of a lattice point in the bounded fundamental parallelepiped and nonnegative integral multiples of its ray generators. Only finitely many lattice points lie in these parallelepipeds, so Σ\Sigma is finitely generated. It is saturated by its definition as the full set of lattice points in the cone. Hence the semigroup algebra [Σ]\mathbb{C}[\Sigma], graded by mm and with degree-zero part [t]\mathbb{C}[t], is a finitely generated normal graded [t]\mathbb{C}[t]-algebra; here tt corresponds to (0,0,1)(0,0,1).

Enlarge the divisibility condition on rr so that q|rq\mid r. By Lemma 8.1, the algebra [Σ](r)\mathbb{C}[\Sigma]^{(r)} is generated over [t]\mathbb{C}[t] by its degree-one part. Its semigroup is saturated in its group, so the Veronese algebra is normal. Each homogeneous piece is a finite free [t]\mathbb{C}[t]-module, and the coordinate ring of every standard affine chart of its relative projective spectrum is torsion free over [t]\mathbb{C}[t] and hence flat. After tt is inverted, localization removes the lower bound on the third semigroup coordinate and identifies the relative projective spectrum with 1×𝔾m\mathbb{P}^{1}\times\mathbb{G}_{m}. Thus

(8.12) TΣ=Proj𝔸1[Σ](r)T_{\Sigma}=\operatorname{Proj}_{\mathbb{A}^{1}}\mathbb{C}[\Sigma]^{(r)}

is a normal flat toric degeneration of 1\mathbb{P}^{1} with an invertible relatively ample polarization 𝒪TΣ(1)\mathcal{O}_{T_{\Sigma}}(1).

We now globalize this family over BB. Define a graded 𝒪B[t]\mathcal{O}_{B}[t]-algebra by

(8.13) 𝒮k=j=0rk(MrkLj)tg(rk,j)𝒪B[t],𝒮=k0𝒮k.\mathcal{S}_{k}=\bigoplus_{j=0}^{rk}(M^{rk}\otimes L^{j})t^{g(rk,j)}\mathcal{O}_{B}[t],\qquad\mathcal{S}=\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}\mathcal{S}_{k}.

To make the gluing explicit, choose an affine cover {Uα}\{U_{\alpha}\} that trivializes MM and LL, and denote their transition functions by mαβm_{\alpha\beta} and lαβl_{\alpha\beta}. On the (k,j)(k,j)-summand of (8.13), the transition multiplier is

(8.14) mαβrklαβj,tt.m_{\alpha\beta}^{rk}l_{\alpha\beta}^{j},\qquad t\longmapsto t.

The exponents (rk,j)(rk,j) are additive, so these multipliers preserve multiplication and every binomial relation of the semigroup algebra. The cocycle law is inherited from those of MM and LL. Moreover, lαβjl_{\alpha\beta}^{j} is the fiber-torus transition and mαβrk=(mαβr)km_{\alpha\beta}^{rk}=(m_{\alpha\beta}^{r})^{k} glues the degree-one polarization. Hence

(8.15) 𝒳μ=ProjB×𝔸1𝒮,μ=𝒪𝒳μ(1)\mathcal{X}_{\mu}=\operatorname{Proj}_{B\times\mathbb{A}^{1}}\mathcal{S},\qquad\mathcal{B}_{\mu}=\mathcal{O}_{\mathcal{X}_{\mu}}(1)

is obtained on every UαU_{\alpha} from Uα×TΣU_{\alpha}\times T_{\Sigma}. Thus the local families, the test action, the fiber action, and their polarizations glue to a normal flat TT-equivariant family with a proper morphism

(8.16) ρ:𝒳μB×𝔸1.\rho\colon\mathcal{X}_{\mu}\to B\times\mathbb{A}^{1}.

On each trivializing open subset UBU\subseteq B, (8.12) shows that the restriction of ρ\rho over U×𝔸1U\times\mathbb{A}^{1} is projective and that μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} is ample relative to this restriction. Properness and relative ampleness are local on the target, so ρ\rho is proper and μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} is ρ\rho-ample. Since BB is projective, the composite 𝒳μ𝔸1\mathcal{X}_{\mu}\to\mathbb{A}^{1} is proper. After inverting tt, its polarized fiber is (X,Ar)(X,A^{r}).

We verify ampleness relative to this composite. Put RΣ=[Σ](r)R_{\Sigma}=\mathbb{C}[\Sigma]^{(r)}. The quotient RΣ/(t)R_{\Sigma}/(t) has the boundary-monomial basis

(8.17) χ(rk,j,g(rk,j)),k0,0jrk,\chi^{(rk,j,g(rk,j))},\qquad k\geq 0,\qquad 0\leq j\leq rk,

because a monomial whose third coordinate is strictly larger than g(rk,j)g(rk,j) is divisible by tt. The product of two boundary monomials survives modulo tt exactly when their exponent vectors lie in a common linearity cone of gg. For vectors in the interiors of the two different cones, the strict inequality

g(u+v)<g(u)+g(v)g(u+v)<g(u)+g(v)

makes their product divisible by tt.

Let Σ0\Sigma_{0} and Σ1\Sigma_{1} be the two lower-face semigroups. Retaining the monomials on Σa\Sigma_{a} and killing the other boundary monomials defines a homomorphism to [Σa]\mathbb{C}[\Sigma_{a}]. The two homomorphisms give an homomorphism

(8.18) RΣ/(t)[Σ0]×[Σ1].R_{\Sigma}/(t)\to\mathbb{C}[\Sigma_{0}]\times\mathbb{C}[\Sigma_{1}].

Within either face, the retained boundary monomials map to distinct monomials and are therefore linearly independent. Since every boundary monomial belongs to at least one face, the two kernels have zero intersection. Thus the homomorphism in (8.18) is injective. The two kernels are incomparable prime ideals. Thus the local central fiber is reduced, has no embedded component, and has exactly the two components determined by the linearity intervals. The transition multipliers in (8.14) preserve both face semigroups, so this description glues over BB.

Put j0=0j_{0}=0, j1=rμj_{1}=r\mu, and j2=rj_{2}=r. The two irreducible components of the reduced central fiber correspond to the two linearity intervals [j0/r,j1/r][j_{0}/r,j_{1}/r] and [j1/r,j2/r][j_{1}/r,j_{2}/r]. On the component corresponding to [ja/r,ja+1/r][j_{a}/r,j_{a+1}/r], the associated fiber over BB is a projective line bundle whose two fixed sections correspond to the fiber weights jaj_{a} and ja+1j_{a+1}. If this component is denoted by YaY_{a} and its projection by πa\pi_{a}, put sa=ja+1jas_{a}=j_{a+1}-j_{a}. After removing the affine tt-character, the graded face algebra of this component is

(8.19) k0h=0sakMrkLkja+h.\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}\ \bigoplus_{h=0}^{s_{a}k}M^{rk}\otimes L^{kj_{a}+h}.

This is the sas_{a}-th Veronese of the symmetric algebra of 𝒪BL\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L, twisted in degree kk by MrkLkjaM^{rk}\otimes L^{kj_{a}}. Consequently,

(8.20) YaB(𝒪BL),μ|Ya𝒪Ya(ja+1ja)πa(MrLja).Y_{a}\simeq\mathbb{P}_{B}(\mathcal{O}_{B}\oplus L),\qquad\mathcal{B}_{\mu}|_{Y_{a}}\simeq\mathcal{O}_{Y_{a}}(j_{a+1}-j_{a})\otimes\pi_{a}^{*}(M^{r}\otimes L^{j_{a}}).

The restrictions of μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} to the two fixed sections of YaY_{a} are

(8.21) MrLjaandMrLja+1.M^{r}\otimes L^{j_{a}}\quad\text{and}\quad M^{r}\otimes L^{j_{a+1}}.

For a=0a=0 and a=1a=1, the common face has algebra k0MrkLkj1\bigoplus_{k\geq 0}M^{rk}\otimes L^{kj_{1}}. Hence the two components meet along their common fixed section BB, and both restrictions of μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} to this intersection equal MrLj1M^{r}\otimes L^{j_{1}}. For every 0jr0\leq j\leq r and every curve factor CiC_{i}, the degree of MirLijM_{i}^{r}\otimes L_{i}^{j} is

(8.22) rαi+jδi=ri(j/r)>0r\alpha_{i}+j\delta_{i}=r\ell_{i}(j/r)>0

by (3.27). Lemma 3.4, applied with N=MrLjaN=M^{r}\otimes L^{j_{a}} and s=ja+1jas=j_{a+1}-j_{a}, shows that μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} is ample on each component of the reduced central fiber. Lemma 3.6 then shows that it is ample on the central fiber. Theorem 8.2 gives a neighborhood of 00 over which μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} is relatively ample. Over 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}, the polarized family is the product with (X,Ar)(X,A^{r}) and is relatively ample there. These two open subsets cover 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1}, so Theorem 8.3 shows that μ\mathcal{B}_{\mu} is ample relative to 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1} and that the proper morphism to 𝔸1\mathbb{A}^{1} is projective. This polarized family is 𝒯(d,μ,r)\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r).

It remains to identify the induced filtration. Put I=(RΣ)>0I=(R_{\Sigma})_{>0}. Since RΣR_{\Sigma} is generated in degree one, 𝒪TΣ(1)\mathcal{O}_{T_{\Sigma}}(1) is invertible and the punctured cone

(8.23) UΣ=SpecRΣV(I)TΣ=Proj[t]RΣU_{\Sigma}=\operatorname{Spec}R_{\Sigma}\setminus V(I)\to T_{\Sigma}=\operatorname{Proj}_{\mathbb{C}[t]}R_{\Sigma}

is the associated 𝔾m\mathbb{G}_{m}-torsor. The group generated by the semigroup of RΣR_{\Sigma} has rank three, whereas RΣ/I=[t]R_{\Sigma}/I=\mathbb{C}[t]. Thus V(I)V(I) has codimension two. Normality and the codimension statement give

(8.24) Γ(UΣ,𝒪UΣ)=RΣ.\Gamma(U_{\Sigma},\mathcal{O}_{U_{\Sigma}})=R_{\Sigma}.

A regular function on UΣU_{\Sigma} defines an element of Frac(RΣ)\operatorname{Frac}(R_{\Sigma}) lying in (RΣ)𝔭(R_{\Sigma})_{\mathfrak{p}} for every height-one prime 𝔭\mathfrak{p}, since no such prime belongs to V(I)V(I). A normal noetherian domain is the intersection of its height-one localizations inside its fraction field by [Sta26, Tag 031T], so this element belongs to RΣR_{\Sigma}; the reverse inclusion is immediate. Taking the weight-kk part on the torsor in (8.23) gives, for every k0k\geq 0,

(8.25) H0(TΣ,𝒪TΣ(k))=(RΣ)k.H^{0}(T_{\Sigma},\mathcal{O}_{T_{\Sigma}}(k))=(R_{\Sigma})_{k}.

This identity is compatible with the transition multipliers in (8.14); it therefore glues to

(8.26) ρμk=𝒮k.\rho_{*}\mathcal{B}_{\mu}^{k}=\mathcal{S}_{k}.

Taking sections over B×𝔸1B\times\mathbb{A}^{1} gives the exact section lattice

(8.27) j=0rktdrkfμ(j/(rk))Vrk,j[t]\bigoplus_{j=0}^{rk}t^{drkf_{\mu}(j/(rk))}V_{rk,j}\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathbb{C}[t]

inside the marked generic algebra. This proves (8.6). Finally, the crease is interior, so the entries are not affine in (rk,j)(rk,j). Since every one-parameter subgroup of Aut(X)\Aut(X) lies in Aut0(X)=\Aut^{0}(X)=\mathbb{C}^{*}, the resulting test configuration is not a product.

Step 2. In this step, we compute the Hilbert and weight coefficients and obtain the formula given by point evaluation. For all sufficiently large kk, every line bundle appearing in the summands Vrk,jV_{rk,j} on the four curve factors has degree greater than 2gi22g_{i}-2 and therefore has dimension equal to its degree plus 1gi1-g_{i}. The tensor-product decomposition gives, uniformly for 0jrk0\leq j\leq rk,

(8.28) dimVrk,j=i=03(rkαi+jδi+βi)=(rk)4p(j/(rk))+(rk)3q(j/(rk))+O(k2).\dim V_{rk,j}=\prod_{i=0}^{3}(rk\alpha_{i}+j\delta_{i}+\beta_{i})=(rk)^{4}p(j/(rk))+(rk)^{3}q(j/(rk))+O(k^{2}).

For a polynomial ψ\psi, expansion into monomials and the exact power-sum identities give

(8.29) j=0Nψ(j/N)=N01ψ(x)𝑑x+ψ(0)+ψ(1)2+O(N1).\sum_{j=0}^{N}\psi(j/N)=N\int_{0}^{1}\psi(x)\,dx+\frac{\psi(0)+\psi(1)}{2}+O(N^{-1}).

Applying (8.29) to the two polynomials in (8.28) gives

(8.30) hr(k)=r5a0k5+r4a1k4+O(k3).h_{r}(k)=r^{5}a_{0}k^{5}+r^{4}a_{1}k^{4}+O(k^{3}).

For a rational convex piecewise-linear function ff, define

(8.31) b0(f)=01f(x)p(x)𝑑x,b1(f)=f(0)p(0)+f(1)p(1)2+01f(x)q(x)𝑑x.b_{0}(f)=\int_{0}^{1}f(x)p(x)\,dx,\qquad b_{1}(f)=\frac{f(0)p(0)+f(1)p(1)}{2}+\int_{0}^{1}f(x)q(x)\,dx.

For f=fμf=f_{\mu}, the integer rkμrk\mu is a lattice point. Apply (8.29) separately on the two sides of this point to the polynomial pieces of fpfp and fqfq. The two endpoint terms with coefficient 1/21/2 at the crease, followed by the subtraction of the duplicated lattice value, cancel because ff is continuous. Thus only the endpoints 00 and 11 contribute to the second coefficient, and the total increasing entry in test-configuration degree kk is

(8.32) wr(k)=dr6b0(f)k6+dr5b1(f)k5+o(k5).w_{r}(k)=dr^{6}b_{0}(f)k^{6}+dr^{5}b_{1}(f)k^{5}+o(k^{5}).

The exponent factors cancel in the Donaldson–Futaki normalization:

(8.33) DF(f)=2((dr5b1)(r5a0)(r4a1)(dr6b0))(r5a0)2=2d(b1a0a1b0)a02.\DF(f)=\frac{2\bigl((dr^{5}b_{1})(r^{5}a_{0})-(r^{4}a_{1})(dr^{6}b_{0})\bigr)}{(r^{5}a_{0})^{2}}=\frac{2d(b_{1}a_{0}-a_{1}b_{0})}{a_{0}^{2}}.

Since S¯=2a1/a0\overline{S}=2a_{1}/a_{0} and F′′=2qS¯pF^{\prime\prime}=2q-\overline{S}p, (8.33) gives

(8.34) 1dDF(f)=1a0(f(0)p(0)+f(1)p(1)+01F′′(x)f(x)𝑑x)=1a001F(x)d(f(x)).\frac{1}{d}\DF(f)=\frac{1}{a_{0}}\left(f(0)p(0)+f(1)p(1)+\int_{0}^{1}F^{\prime\prime}(x)f(x)\,dx\right)=\frac{1}{a_{0}}\int_{0}^{1}F(x)\,d(f^{\prime}(x)).

Here we used the four boundary identities F(0)=F(1)=0F(0)=F(1)=0, F(0)=p(0)F^{\prime}(0)=p(0), and F(1)=p(1)F^{\prime}(1)=-p(1) from Lemma 3.10. For f=fμf=f_{\mu}, the measure d(f)d(f^{\prime}) is the unit point mass at μ\mu. This proves (8.7).

The expansion (8.28) also shows that the normalized block-counting measures converge to the measure in (8.8). Taking f(x)=xf(x)=x in the first expression of (8.34) gives

(8.35) DFfib=p(1)+01xF′′(x)𝑑xa0=p(1)+F(1)F(1)+F(0)a0=0,\DF_{\mathrm{fib}}=\frac{p(1)+\int_{0}^{1}xF^{\prime\prime}(x)\,dx}{a_{0}}=\frac{p(1)+F^{\prime}(1)-F(1)+F(0)}{a_{0}}=0,

where the last equality uses the boundary identities in Lemma 3.10. This proves Proposition 8.4. ∎

Proof of Theorem C.

We argue in four steps. First, we construct the Fibonacci test configurations and prove convergence of their crease parameters. We then compute their Donaldson–Futaki invariants, compute their reduced non-Archimedean JJ-functionals, and finally compare these quantities with the relative non-Archimedean Mabuchi functional. We write DFn=DF(𝒯n)\DF_{n}=\DF(\mathcal{T}_{n}) and JT,nNA=JTNA(𝒯n)J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}=J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}_{n}) throughout.

Step 1. In this step, we construct 𝒯n\mathcal{T}_{n} and prove the convergence in (1.12). The Fibonacci recurrence gives gcd(pn,qn)=gcd(Qn,Qn+2)=gcd(Qn,Qn+1)=1\gcd(p_{n},q_{n})=\gcd(Q_{n},Q_{n+2})=\gcd(Q_{n},Q_{n+1})=1, so μn\mu_{n} is in lowest terms. For n3n\geq 3, Proposition 8.4 applied with

(8.36) d=qn,μ=μn=pnqnd=q_{n},\qquad\mu=\mu_{n}=\frac{p_{n}}{q_{n}}

gives a normal nonproduct TT-equivariant test configuration 𝒯n\mathcal{T}_{n} of exponent rnr_{n} whose block entry in test-configuration degree kk is

(8.37) qnrnkfμn(j/(rnk))=max{0,qnjpnrnk},0jrnk.q_{n}r_{n}kf_{\mu_{n}}(j/(r_{n}k))=\max\{0,q_{n}j-p_{n}r_{n}k\},\qquad 0\leq j\leq r_{n}k.

Since qn=Qn+1+Qnq_{n}=Q_{n+1}+Q_{n}, the inequalities Qn+1>QnQ_{n+1}>Q_{n} and Qn+1<2QnQ_{n+1}<2Q_{n} give

(8.38) 13<μn<12.\frac{1}{3}<\mu_{n}<\frac{1}{2}.

The recurrence gives

(8.39) pn23pnqn+qn2=Qn+12QnQn+1Qn2=Qn+1Qn1Qn2=(1)n.\begin{split}p_{n}^{2}-3p_{n}q_{n}+q_{n}^{2}&=Q_{n+1}^{2}-Q_{n}Q_{n+1}-Q_{n}^{2}\\ &=Q_{n+1}Q_{n-1}-Q_{n}^{2}=(-1)^{n}.\end{split}

After division by qn2q_{n}^{2}, every limit point of μn\mu_{n} in [1/3,1/2][1/3,1/2] is a root of x23x+1x^{2}-3x+1. The only such root in this interval is

(8.40) λ=352.\lambda=\frac{3-\sqrt{5}}{2}.

This proves the asserted convergence.

Step 2. In this step, we compute DFn\DF_{n} exactly. Write

(8.41) Cbd=461999232735652,K=90Cbd.C_{\mathrm{bd}}=461999\cdot 2327\cdot 356\cdot 52,\qquad K=90C_{\mathrm{bd}}.

Lemma 3.10 and (8.39) give

(8.42) F(μn)=Kμn(1μn)(μn23μn+1)2=Kμn(1μn)qn4.F(\mu_{n})=K\mu_{n}(1-\mu_{n})(\mu_{n}^{2}-3\mu_{n}+1)^{2}=\frac{K\mu_{n}(1-\mu_{n})}{q_{n}^{4}}.

By Proposition 8.4,

(8.43) DFn=qnF(μn)a0=Kμn(1μn)a0qn3>0.\DF_{n}=\frac{q_{n}F(\mu_{n})}{a_{0}}=\frac{K\mu_{n}(1-\mu_{n})}{a_{0}q_{n}^{3}}>0.

Step 3. In this step, we compute the reduced non-Archimedean JJ-functional and obtain its uniform lower bound. We use the conventions of Nitta–Saito [NS21, Section 3.2 and Definitions 3.6.1 and 3.6.3]. By (8.8), the limiting fiber-coordinate measure is

(8.44) dν(x)=p(x)a0dx.d\nu(x)=\frac{p(x)}{a_{0}}\,dx.

In test-configuration degree kk, the Duistermaat–Heckman normalization divides the entries by the exponent times the degree, namely rkrk. Formula (8.6) therefore gives the normalized entry dfμ(x)df_{\mu}(x), where x=j/(rk)x=j/(rk). A real twist by the fiber-scaling torus adds a real multiple of xx; after division by dd, we denote that multiple by ss. The Duistermaat–Heckman measure in the definition of JNAJ^{\mathrm{NA}} is the central-weight measure. Since central weights are the negatives of increasing entries by Definition 2.1, JNAJ^{\mathrm{NA}} is the entry mean minus the minimum entry. Therefore

(8.45) JTNA(𝒯(d,μ,r))d=infs(01(fμ(x)+sx)𝑑ν(x)min0x1{fμ(x)+sx}).\frac{J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r))}{d}=\inf_{s\in\mathbb{R}}\left(\int_{0}^{1}(f_{\mu}(x)+sx)\,d\nu(x)-\min_{0\leq x\leq 1}\{f_{\mu}(x)+sx\}\right).

Put

(8.46) m1=01x𝑑ν(x),Iμ=01fμ(x)𝑑ν(x),m_{1}=\int_{0}^{1}x\,d\nu(x),\qquad I_{\mu}=\int_{0}^{1}f_{\mu}(x)\,d\nu(x),

so that 0<m1<10<m_{1}<1. The convex piecewise-linear function fμ(x)+sxf_{\mu}(x)+sx has slopes ss and s+1s+1 on the two sides of μ\mu. Consequently, the objective in (8.45) is

(8.47) {Iμ+sm1,s0,Iμ+s(m1μ),1s0,Iμ+μ1+s(m11),s1.\begin{cases}I_{\mu}+sm_{1},&s\geq 0,\\ I_{\mu}+s(m_{1}-\mu),&-1\leq s\leq 0,\\ I_{\mu}+\mu-1+s(m_{1}-1),&s\leq-1.\end{cases}

The first branch is minimized at s=0s=0, the third at s=1s=-1, and the middle branch is affine. Its minimum is therefore attained at one of those two endpoints. Hence

(8.48) JTNA(𝒯(d,μ,r))d=min{0μ(μx)𝑑ν(x),μ1(xμ)𝑑ν(x)}.\frac{J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r))}{d}=\min\left\{\int_{0}^{\mu}(\mu-x)\,d\nu(x),\int_{\mu}^{1}(x-\mu)\,d\nu(x)\right\}.

Write

(8.49) P(x)=(1+29x)(65x)(32x)(52x),p(x)=CbdP(x).P(x)=(1+29x)(6-5x)(3-2x)(5-2x),\qquad p(x)=C_{\mathrm{bd}}P(x).

We have P(x)2700P(x)\leq 2700 on [0,1][0,1], and hence a02700Cbda_{0}\leq 2700C_{\mathrm{bd}}. Suppose that μ[1/3,1/2]\mu\in[1/3,1/2]. On [3/4,1][3/4,1] we have xμ1/4x-\mu\geq 1/4 and P(x)273/4P(x)\geq 273/4, while on [0,1/4][0,1/4] we have μx1/12\mu-x\geq 1/12 and P(x)855/16P(x)\geq 855/16. It follows that

(8.50) μ1(xμ)𝑑ν(x)\displaystyle\int_{\mu}^{1}(x-\mu)\,d\nu(x) (1/4)(1/4)(273/4)2700=9157600,\displaystyle\geq\frac{(1/4)(1/4)(273/4)}{2700}=\frac{91}{57600},
(8.51) 0μ(μx)𝑑ν(x)\displaystyle\int_{0}^{\mu}(\mu-x)\,d\nu(x) (1/4)(1/12)(855/16)2700=1946080.\displaystyle\geq\frac{(1/4)(1/12)(855/16)}{2700}=\frac{19}{46080}.

Since 19/46080<91/5760019/46080<91/57600, formula (8.48) gives

(8.52) JTNA(𝒯(d,μ,r))d1946080.\frac{J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}(d,\mu;r))}{d}\geq\frac{19}{46080}.

Taking d=qnd=q_{n} and μ=μn\mu=\mu_{n}, using μn(1μn)1/4\mu_{n}(1-\mu_{n})\leq 1/4, and combining (8.43) with (8.52), we obtain

(8.53) 0<DFnJT,nNAK4a0(19/46080)qn40.0<\frac{\DF_{n}}{J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}}\leq\frac{K}{4a_{0}(19/46080)q_{n}^{4}}\to 0.

This proves (1.15).

Step 4. We compare the ratio in (8.53) with the relative non-Archimedean Mabuchi functional and conclude the proof in this step. The product configuration generated by fiber scaling has zero Donaldson–Futaki invariant by (8.9). For a product configuration this invariant is a positive multiple of the classical Futaki invariant of the generating vector field [Don02, Section 2.2]; since Lie(T)\operatorname{Lie}(T) is one-dimensional by Proposition 3.8, the Futaki character vanishes identically. The nondegenerate Futaki–Mabuchi pairing therefore makes the extremal vector zero; see [NS21, Definitions 2.3.2 and 2.3.4]. The extremal correction in the relative non-Archimedean Mabuchi functional vanishes by [NS21, Definition 3.3.5(2)], so

(8.54) MrelNA(𝒯n)=MNA(𝒯n).M^{\mathrm{NA}}_{\mathrm{rel}}(\mathcal{T}_{n})=M^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}_{n}).

The comparison formula in [SD19, Definition 3.4] gives

(8.55) MrelNA(𝒯n)=MNA(𝒯n)DFn.M^{\mathrm{NA}}_{\mathrm{rel}}(\mathcal{T}_{n})=M^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T}_{n})\leq\DF_{n}.

Together with (8.53), this yields

(8.56) lim supnMrelNA(𝒯n)JT,nNA0.\limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac{M^{\mathrm{NA}}_{\mathrm{rel}}(\mathcal{T}_{n})}{J^{\mathrm{NA}}_{T,n}}\leq 0.

Thus no δ>0\delta>0 can satisfy

(8.57) MrelNA(𝒯)δJTNA(𝒯)M^{\mathrm{NA}}_{\mathrm{rel}}(\mathcal{T})\geq\delta J_{T}^{\mathrm{NA}}(\mathcal{T})

for every normal TT-equivariant test configuration 𝒯\mathcal{T}. By [NS21, Definitions 3.3.5(2) and 3.7.1(4)], this is precisely the failure of uniform relative K-polystability asserted in Theorem C. This completes the proof of Theorem C. ∎

Appendix A Use of generative AI

by Bin Dong11 1 Beijing International Center for Mathematical Research & Center for Machine Learning Research, Peking University, No. 5 Yiheyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100871, China. Email: dongbin@math.pku.edu.cn, Guoxiong Gao22 2 School of Mathematical Sciences, Peking University, No. 5 Yiheyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100871, China. Email: samggx@stu.pku.edu.cn, and Jihao Liu

Artificial intelligence has lately proven strikingly good at producing counterexamples, and this paper too disproves a conjecture by exhibiting an explicit variety. It belongs, however, to a different genre than most counterexamples found by AI so far. The statement that an object is a counterexample can be of two kinds. It may reduce to a finite certificate, checkable by a finite mechanical computation once the object is written down: the recent counterexample to the Jacobian conjecture [Alp26] is typical, an explicit polynomial map whose Jacobian determinant is a nonzero constant by direct expansion and whose non-injectivity is witnessed by two points with the same image. Or it may admit no finite certificate even in principle, because it is itself a theorem, typically universally quantified: the recent construction of a non-sofic group [OAI26] is of this kind, since non-soficity asserts the nonexistence of approximate embeddings into finite symmetric groups of any size and can be witnessed by no computation with the group itself. A counterexample of the second kind is, in substance, a proof.

The distinction is older than AI. Proposed disproofs of the Hodge conjecture have never been short of candidate classes; they founder on proving that the candidate is the class of no algebraic cycle whatsoever. Rationally connected varieties are expected not to be unirational in general, and plausible candidates abound—a very general hypersurface of bidegree (2,4)(2,4) in 2×2\mathbb{P}^{2}\times\mathbb{P}^{2} may well be one—but no known technique can prove any rationally connected variety non-unirational, so no candidate can be certified.

This paper is of the second kind. Candidate manifolds of the present shape have been available since [ACG+08], and producing candidates is precisely what contemporary AI does well; what had been missing, and what constitutes the mathematical content of this paper, is the proof that the mechanism works—that every normal ample algebraic test configuration of the fivefold has nonnegative Donaldson–Futaki invariant, with equality only for products, a statement quantified over all degenerations and established by the classification of Sections 47. This, we believe, is the axis along which AI-assisted mathematics should be judged: not whether the conclusion is a counterexample, but whether the assertion that it is one is a finite certificate or a proof.

In the course of exploring a number of open problems with Claude Code, the author found initial signs of a possible breakthrough on the problem studied here, and then had Claude Code (Fable 5), Codex (GPT-5.6-sol), and Danus [Liu+26] work on it in collaboration; the three systems together produced the counterexample and its proof. Human input was crucial at one point: the author realized that the example constructed in Theorem A is either a counterexample to the Codogni--Stoppa conjecture or a counterexample to the cscK Yau--Tian--Donaldson conjecture---either case would be striking---and asked the agents to go all-in on this particular example and determine which conjecture is false. To understand what the AI systems had in fact contributed, the problem was then attempted afresh by an improved version of Danus33 3 This improved version of Danus will be open-sourced shortly. working alone. Given only the original problem and none of the earlier findings, it settled the problem 5 hours and 29 minutes into its run, in less time than the collaboration had taken and without the human input that had been key to the first attempt, and produced a counterexample and a complete proof of this paper. The text of the main part of the paper then went through several rounds of discussion between the author and Danus to improve its presentation, none of which altered the mathematics, and a final round of human polishing and checking.

Danus is a mathematical agent built on top of Rethlas [Ju+26] by the same team and designed for long-horizon reasoning. A main agent orchestrates Rethlas agents as workers on a single problem: the workers produce facts, which accumulate into a fact graph whose edges record their dependencies, and the run stops only when the target statement itself appears in the graph as a fact. The design is described in [Liu+26] and the accompanying open-source code.44 4 https://github.com/frenzymath/Danus The improved version differs from it in several respects. The Rethlas workers now run on GPT-5.6-sol, and the main agent moved to a Codex-based implementation using the same model as well, so the whole system runs on a single API. With models of this strength, a design in which the main agent does no mathematics itself and defers high-level planning to a strategic consultation of GPT-5.5 Pro leaves their capability underused; the consultation was removed, and the main agent now does the mathematical thinking and directs the global strategy, dispatching Codex subagents—three in the present work—to extend its mathematical reach and to relieve the context burden of a large fact graph and memory. Its global strategic reflection was strengthened, so that it does not stall in a dead end and lose sight of the need to change direction, and fact granularity was retuned so that workers produce longer, more complex local results. Together these changes let Danus make fuller use of the current generation of models.

The authors also tested how other agent systems perform on this problem, posed to them as a request to prove or disprove the conjecture: QED [An+26], ProofCouncil [Sch+26], MechMath [Cao+26], Codex (GPT-5.6-sol), Claude Code (Fable 5), and GPT-5.6-sol Pro asked directly through its web interface. The first three all run on GPT-5.6-sol, with the effort level of their Codex components or GPT API set to “xhigh”; Codex and Claude Code were set to “max” effort. Given the original problem, the first three ran for twelve hours without producing a solution; Codex produced a proof, rejected it in its own verification, and gave no valid result within the time limit; Claude Code reported that this is a well-known conjecture and offered some possible approaches but no solution, and GPT-5.6-sol Pro, after 133 minutes of thinking, reached much the same assessment and likewise claimed no solution. On the easier task of being given the counterexample of this paper and asked only for a proof that it is one, none of the six produced a complete proof under the same twelve-hour limit and settings. Verifying this counterexample is therefore not trivial, as the second kind of counterexample described above requires.

The original run, the one this paper comes from, had eight Rethlas workers, with the Codex effort level set to “xhigh” for four of them and “high” for the other four. Its final fact graph contains 616 verified facts, and its global memory contains 353 conclusions, 143 identified obstacles, 96 directions, 33 proof attempts, 26 plans, 17 counterexamples, 2 recorded dead ends, and 924 verification records. Table 1 records how the 616 facts divide: 88 lie in the supporting closure of the final main-theorem fact, computed from the dependencies recorded with each fact, and the remaining 528 lie outside it, unused by the paper.

Count Share of all facts
Main-theorem closure 88 14%
Outside the closure, unused by the paper 528 86%
Total 616 100%
Table 1. Distribution of facts in the fact graph.

Table 2 describes what the 88 in-closure facts do. The decomposition is approximate: a fact often serves several purposes at once, and each is placed by the role of its final clause. Six of the 88 are theorems from the literature, restated by a worker so that other facts could cite them; the remaining 82 the swarm proved itself. Only a minority appear in the paper as statements in their own right; the rest are internal steps beneath the argument the paper presents.

Role Count Function in the proof
Veronese gradings and rays 20 Fix the gradings under which a test configuration is read as a filtration, then work one rational ray at a time: sufficiently divisible Veronese exponents with normal, finitely generated section algebras, multiplication along blocks and rays, and the Chow weight carried by each ray.
The scalar profile 14 Expand the block dimensions and total weights in the degree, average them over the fiber index into a one-variable convex profile, evaluate the Donaldson–Futaki invariant of that profile against the boundary data, and bound the accumulated blockwise gaps by summability estimates.
Newton–Okounkov convex transforms 10 Compute the product-box Newton–Okounkov body of the split bundle and control the Boucksom–Chen transforms on it: convexity and rigidity of the slice averages, and the theorem that both opposite initials of a zero-invariant configuration have affine transforms.
Duistermaat–Heckman measures 10 Constrain the limit weight measure: invariance under specialization, rational breakpoints, coefficients and moments, and the exclusion, by rationality alone, of a crease at the irrational double zero.
Semistability and polystability 8 Signs and equality cases quantified over whole classes of degenerations of (X,A)(X,A), from nonnegativity for every equivariant filtration up to K-semistability at every exponent, the classification of the zero-invariant case as products, and the capstone.
Nonexistence of extremal metrics 7 The analytic half: admissible metrics whose scalar-curvature error tends to zero, the automorphism and maximal-compactness input that makes the admissible ansatz exhaustive, and the conclusion that c1(A)c_{1}(A) contains no extremal metric.
Comparator and Smith spectrum 7 Prepare a zero-invariant configuration for comparison against an integral product comparator: normalization priced against the invariant, ramified base change realized as a weight dilation, and the relative Smith elementary divisors identified with the residual jumps.
The admissible boundary polynomial 6 Fix the curve datum with its genera and degrees, produce the admissible boundary polynomial with the required endpoint data, and certify its nonnegativity on the interval with a single interior double zero at an irrational point.
Recorded external results 6 Published theorems restated in internal notation with no derived content, among them the admissible-extremal criterion of [ACG+08] and standard identifications of the Duistermaat–Heckman measure.
Table 2. Functional decomposition of the 88 facts in the main-theorem closure.

Table 3 summarizes the 528 facts outside the closure. Unused here means unused by the final proof, not mathematically meaningless or unhelpful to the search: some were proved for arbitrary data rather than for the fivefold, and the proof needs only particular instances of them; some prove the Donaldson–Futaki inequality one class of degenerations at a time, later absorbed by the general classification; some record that a step fails, and so kept workers from retrying it; others rule out simpler candidates, and so fixed the shape of the example.

Cluster Count Content
Superseded duplicates 146 Earlier or duplicate forms of conclusions the graph later carries in better shape, including the endgame theorem itself, which several workers wrote out independently. Only one instance of each conclusion can enter the closure.
Lemmas beyond the fivefold 113 Statements proved for arbitrary graded algebras, filtrations, Newton–Okounkov bodies and products of arbitrarily many curves, where the paper instantiates a handful of them once each. Staying general is what let one lemma serve every worker and every exponent.
Abandoned torus-specialization route 64 Structural analysis of a hypothetical zero-invariant non-product configuration along the Codogni–Stoppa specialization strategy. The final proof reaches the same conclusion through the affine transforms and the oriented Smith spectrum instead.
Restricted-class nonnegativity 61 Sign results for the fivefold proved one named class of degenerations at a time, blow-ups, monomial and flag filtrations among them, each a restricted case of Theorem A(2) that the final classification later absorbs.
Undischarged hypotheses 58 Positive results resting on an antecedent the run never verified, chiefly finite generation. The most consequential is the criterion a boundary polynomial would have to meet, which the explicit four-factor datum was then built to satisfy.
Refuted proof steps 56 Facts whose whole content is that a proposed step fails: an implication that does not hold, an estimate that cannot exist, an ansatz that is the flat specialization of no test configuration. Each closes a branch.
Excluded candidate families 24 Negative existence results over whole families of candidates, showing that split line bundles over one, two or three curves satisfy the conjecture. This is why the base is a product of four curves.
Off-path external results 6 Published results transcribed into the run’s own notation so that workers could apply them inside the graph, on paths the final proof does not take.
Table 3. Clusters among the 528 facts outside the main-theorem closure.

References

  • [Alp26] L. Alpöge, announcement of a counterexample to the Jacobian conjecture, post on X (formerly Twitter), July 20, 2026, https://x.com/i/status/2079028340955197566.
  • [An+26] C. An, Q. Ye, M. Pan, and J. Zhang, QED: An Open-Source Multi-Agent System for Generating Mathematical Proofs on Open Problems, arXiv:2604.24021.
  • [ACG+08] V. Apostolov, D. M. J. Calderbank, P. Gauduchon, and C. W. Tønnesen-Friedman, Hamiltonian 22-forms in Kähler geometry. III. Extremal metrics and stability, Invent. Math. 173 (2008), no. 3, 547–601.
  • [ACG+11] V. Apostolov, D. M. J. Calderbank, P. Gauduchon, and C. W. Tønnesen-Friedman, Extremal Kähler metrics on projective bundles over a curve, Adv. Math. 227 (2011), no. 6, 2385–2424.
  • [AH15] V. Apostolov and H. Huang, A splitting theorem for extremal Kähler metrics, J. Geom. Anal. 25 (2015), no. 1, 149–170.
  • [APS26] V. Apostolov, B. Pym, and J. Streets, Poisson K-stability and the semiclassical Yau–Tian–Donaldson correspondence, arXiv:2607.06688.
  • [Ber16] R. J. Berman, K-polystability of \mathbb{Q}-Fano varieties admitting Kähler–Einstein metrics, Invent. Math. 203 (2016), no. 3, 973–1025.
  • [BB17] R. J. Berman and B. Berndtsson, Convexity of the K-energy on the space of Kähler metrics and uniqueness of extremal metrics, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (2017), no. 4, 1165–1196.
  • [BBJ21] R. J. Berman, S. Boucksom, and M. Jonsson, A variational approach to the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (2021), no. 3, 605–652.
  • [BDL20] R. J. Berman, T. Darvas, and C. H. Lu, Regularity of weak minimizers of the K-energy and applications to properness and K-stability, Ann. Sci. Éc. Norm. Supér. (4) 53 (2020), no. 2, 267–289.
  • [BJ20] H. Blum and M. Jonsson, Thresholds, valuations, and K-stability, Adv. Math. 365 (2020), Paper No. 107062.
  • [BX19] H. Blum and C. Xu, Uniqueness of K-polystable degenerations of Fano varieties, Ann. of Math. (2) 190 (2019), no. 2, 609–656.
  • [BC11] S. Boucksom and H. Chen, Okounkov bodies of filtered linear series, Compos. Math. 147 (2011), no. 4, 1205–1229.
  • [BHJ17] S. Boucksom, T. Hisamoto, and M. Jonsson, Uniform K-stability, Duistermaat–Heckman measures and singularities of pairs, Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 67 (2017), no. 2, 743–841.
  • [BHJ19] S. Boucksom, T. Hisamoto, and M. Jonsson, Uniform K-stability and asymptotics of energy functionals in Kähler geometry, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 21 (2019), no. 9, 2905–2944.
  • [BHJ22] S. Boucksom, T. Hisamoto, and M. Jonsson, Erratum to Uniform K-stability and asymptotics of energy functionals in Kähler geometry, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 24 (2022), no. 2, 735–736.
  • [BJ18] S. Boucksom and M. Jonsson, A non-Archimedean approach to K-stability, arXiv:1805.11160.
  • [BJ22] S. Boucksom and M. Jonsson, Global pluripotential theory over a trivially valued field, Ann. Fac. Sci. Toulouse Math. (6) 31 (2022), no. 3, 647–836.
  • [BJ23] S. Boucksom and M. Jonsson, A non-Archimedean approach to K-stability. II. Divisorial stability and openness, J. Reine Angew. Math. 805 (2023), 1–53.
  • [BJ25a] S. Boucksom and M. Jonsson, A non-Archimedean approach to K-stability. I. Metric geometry of spaces of test configurations and valuations, Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 75 (2025), no. 2, 829–927.
  • [BJ25b] S. Boucksom and M. Jonsson, On the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture for weighted cscK metrics, arXiv:2509.15016.
  • [Cal82] E. Calabi, Extremal Kähler metrics, in: Seminar on Differential Geometry, Ann. of Math. Stud. 102, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ (1982), 259–290.
  • [Cal85] E. Calabi, Extremal Kähler metrics. II, in: Differential Geometry and Complex Analysis, Springer, Berlin (1985), 95–114.
  • [Cao+26] Y. Cao, R. Qiu, J. Liu, J. Wang, D. Guo, R. Feng, L. Zhi, and X.-S. Gao, MechMath Agent Team: LLM Driven Agents for Mathematical Research, arXiv:2607.04394.
  • [CC18] X. Chen and J. Cheng, On the constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics, general automorphism group, arXiv:1801.05907.
  • [CC21a] X. Chen and J. Cheng, On the constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics (I)—A priori estimates, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (2021), no. 4, 909–936.
  • [CC21b] X. Chen and J. Cheng, On the constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics (II)—Existence results, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (2021), no. 4, 937–1009.
  • [CDS15a] X. Chen, S. Donaldson, and S. Sun, Kähler–Einstein metrics on Fano manifolds. I: Approximation of metrics with cone singularities, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (2015), no. 1, 183–197.
  • [CDS15b] X. Chen, S. Donaldson, and S. Sun, Kähler–Einstein metrics on Fano manifolds. II: Limits with cone angle less than 2π2\pi, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (2015), no. 1, 199–234.
  • [CDS15c] X. Chen, S. Donaldson, and S. Sun, Kähler–Einstein metrics on Fano manifolds. III: Limits as cone angle approaches 2π2\pi and completion of the main proof, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (2015), no. 1, 235–278.
  • [CLS14] B. Chen, A.-M. Li, and L. Sheng, Uniform K-stability for extremal metrics on toric varieties, J. Differential Equations 257 (2014), no. 5, 1487–1500.
  • [CPZ15] X. Chen, M. Păun, and Y. Zeng, On deformation of extremal metrics, arXiv:1506.01290.
  • [CSW18] X. Chen, S. Sun, and B. Wang, Kähler–Ricci flow, Kähler–Einstein metric, and K-stability, Geom. Topol. 22 (2018), no. 6, 3145–3173.
  • [CS19] G. Codogni and J. Stoppa, Torus equivariant K-stability, in: Moduli of K-stable varieties, Springer INdAM Ser. 31, Springer, Cham (2019), 15–35.
  • [DL20] T. Darvas and C. H. Lu, Geodesic stability, the space of rays and uniform convexity in Mabuchi geometry, Geom. Topol. 24 (2020), no. 4, 1907–1967.
  • [DR17a] T. Darvas and Y. A. Rubinstein, Tian’s properness conjectures and Finsler geometry of the space of Kähler metrics, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (2017), no. 2, 347–387.
  • [DZ24] T. Darvas and K. Zhang, Twisted Kähler–Einstein metrics in big classes, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 77 (2024), no. 12, 4289–4327.
  • [DZ25] T. Darvas and K. Zhang, A YTD correspondence for constant scalar curvature metrics, arXiv:2509.15173.
  • [DS16] V. Datar and G. Székelyhidi, Kähler–Einstein metrics along the smooth continuity method, Geom. Funct. Anal. 26 (2016), no. 4, 975–1010.
  • [Der16] R. Dervan, Uniform stability of twisted constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics, Int. Math. Res. Not. IMRN (2016), no. 15, 4728–4783.
  • [Der18] R. Dervan, Relative K-stability for Kähler manifolds, Math. Ann. 372 (2018), no. 3–4, 859–889.
  • [Der25] R. Dervan, The constant scalar curvature Kähler condition is very general, arXiv:2504.15195.
  • [DR24] R. Dervan and R. Reboulet, Arcs, stability of pairs and the Mabuchi functional, arXiv:2409.13617.
  • [DR17b] R. Dervan and J. Ross, K-stability for Kähler manifolds, Math. Res. Lett. 24 (2017), no. 3, 689–739.
  • [DT92] W. Ding and G. Tian, Kähler–Einstein metrics and the generalized Futaki invariant, Invent. Math. 110 (1992), no. 1, 315–335.
  • [Don97] S. K. Donaldson, Remarks on gauge theory, complex geometry and 44-manifold topology, in: Fields Medallists’ Lectures, World Sci. Ser. 20th Century Math. 5, World Scientific, River Edge, NJ (1997), 384–403.
  • [Don99] S. K. Donaldson, Symmetric spaces, Kähler geometry and Hamiltonian dynamics, in: Northern California Symplectic Geometry Seminar, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2 196, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI (1999), 13–33.
  • [Don01] S. K. Donaldson, Scalar curvature and projective embeddings. I, J. Differential Geom. 59 (2001), no. 3, 479–522.
  • [Don02] S. K. Donaldson, Scalar curvature and stability of toric varieties, J. Differential Geom. 62 (2002), no. 2, 289–349.
  • [Don05a] S. K. Donaldson, Interior estimates for solutions of Abreu’s equation, Collect. Math. 56 (2005), no. 2, 103–142.
  • [Don05b] S. K. Donaldson, Lower bounds on the Calabi functional, J. Differential Geom. 70 (2005), no. 3, 453–472.
  • [Don08] S. K. Donaldson, Extremal metrics on toric surfaces: a continuity method, J. Differential Geom. 79 (2008), no. 3, 389–432.
  • [Don09] S. K. Donaldson, Constant scalar curvature metrics on toric surfaces, Geom. Funct. Anal. 19 (2009), no. 1, 83–136.
  • [ELM+06] L. Ein, R. Lazarsfeld, M. Mustaţă, M. Nakamaye, and M. Popa, Asymptotic invariants of base loci, Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 56 (2006), no. 6, 1701–1734.
  • [ELM+23] L. Ein, R. Lazarsfeld, M. Mustaţă, M. Nakamaye, and M. Popa, Erratum to the paper: Asymptotic invariants of base loci, arXiv:2309.16722.
  • [FT14] M. Franciosi and E. Tenni, The canonical ring of a 33-connected curve, Rend. Lincei Mat. Appl. 25 (2014), 37–51.
  • [Fuj92] A. Fujiki, Moduli spaces of polarized algebraic manifolds and Kähler metrics, Sugaku Expositions 5 (1992), no. 2, 173–191.
  • [Fuj19] K. Fujita, A valuative criterion for uniform K-stability of \mathbb{Q}-Fano varieties, J. Reine Angew. Math. 751 (2019), 309–338.
  • [FO18] K. Fujita and Y. Odaka, On the K-stability of Fano varieties and anticanonical divisors, Tôhoku Math. J. (2) 70 (2018), no. 4, 511–521.
  • [Fut83] A. Futaki, An obstruction to the existence of Einstein Kähler metrics, Invent. Math. 73 (1983), no. 3, 437–443.
  • [Gie82] D. Gieseker, Lectures on moduli of curves, Tata Inst. Fund. Res. Lectures on Math. and Phys. 69, Tata Inst. Fund. Res., Bombay; Springer-Verlag, Berlin–New York, 1982.
  • [Hat26] M. Hattori, A decomposition formula for J-stability and its applications, Michigan Math. J. 76 (2026), no. 3, 621–659.
  • [He19] W. He, On Calabi’s extremal metric and properness, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 372 (2019), no. 8, 5595–5619.
  • [His16] T. Hisamoto, Stability and coercivity for toric polarizations, arXiv:1610.07998.
  • [JSS19] W. Jian, Y. Shi, and J. Song, A remark on constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics on minimal models, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (2019), no. 8, 3507–3513.
  • [Jos06] J. Jost, Compact Riemann Surfaces: An Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics, 3rd ed., Universitext, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2006.
  • [Ju+26] H. Ju, G. Gao, J. Jiang, B. Wu, Z. Sun, S. Liu, L. Chen, Y. Wang, Y. Wang, Z. Wang, W. He, P. Wu, L. Xiao, R. Liu, B. Dai, and B. Dong, Automated Conjecture Resolution with Formal Verification, arXiv:2604.03789.
  • [JY26] S. Jubert and C. Yin, Relative uniform Yau–Tian–Donaldson correspondence for projective bundles over a curve, arXiv:2602.13133.
  • [LS93] C. LeBrun and S. R. Simanca, On the Kähler classes of extremal metrics, in: Geometry and Global Analysis (Sendai, 1993), Tohoku Univ., Sendai (1993), 255–271.
  • [Li17] C. Li, K-semistability is equivariant volume minimization, Duke Math. J. 166 (2017), no. 16, 3147–3218.
  • [Li22a] C. Li, GG-uniform stability and Kähler–Einstein metrics on Fano varieties, Invent. Math. 227 (2022), no. 2, 661–744.
  • [Li22b] C. Li, Geodesic rays and stability in the cscK problem, Ann. Sci. Éc. Norm. Supér. (4) 55 (2022), no. 6, 1529–1574.
  • [LTW21] C. Li, G. Tian, and F. Wang, On the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture for singular Fano varieties, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 74 (2021), no. 8, 1748–1800.
  • [LTW22] C. Li, G. Tian, and F. Wang, The uniform version of Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture for singular Fano varieties, Peking Math. J. 5 (2022), no. 2, 383–426.
  • [LX14] C. Li and C. Xu, Special test configuration and K-stability of Fano varieties, Ann. of Math. (2) 180 (2014), no. 1, 197–232.
  • [Liu+26] J. Liu, G. Gao, Z. Sun, B. Wu, S. Liu, J. Jiang, H. Ju, L. Chen, R. Cheng, X. Zhang, and B. Dong, Danus: Orchestrating Mathematical Reasoning Agents with Fact-Graph Memory, arXiv:2607.06447.
  • [LXZ22] Y. Liu, C. Xu, and Z. Zhuang, Finite generation for valuations computing stability thresholds and applications to K-stability, Ann. of Math. (2) 196 (2022), no. 2, 507–566.
  • [Luo98] H. Luo, Geometric criterion for Gieseker–Mumford stability of polarized manifolds, J. Differential Geom. 49 (1998), no. 3, 577–599.
  • [Mab86] T. Mabuchi, K-energy maps integrating Futaki invariants, Tôhoku Math. J. (2) 38 (1986), 575–593.
  • [Mab08] T. Mabuchi, K-stability of constant scalar curvature polarization, arXiv:0812.4093.
  • [Mab09] T. Mabuchi, A stronger concept of K-stability, arXiv:0910.4617.
  • [Mat57] Y. Matsushima, Sur la structure du groupe d’homéomorphismes analytiques d’une certaine variété kaehlérienne, Nagoya Math. J. 11 (1957), 145–150.
  • [MP25] P. Mesquita-Piccione, A non-Archimedean theory of complex spaces and the cscK problem, Adv. Math. 481 (2025), Paper No. 110543.
  • [MPWN25] P. Mesquita-Piccione and D. Witt Nyström, A transcendental non-Archimedean Calabi–Yau Theorem with applications to the cscK problem, arXiv:2509.09442.
  • [Mum77] D. Mumford, Stability of projective varieties, Enseign. Math. (2) 23 (1977), no. 1–2, 39–110.
  • [NS21] Y. Nitta and S. Saito, A uniform version of the Yau–Tian–Donaldson correspondence for extremal Kähler metrics on polarized toric manifolds, arXiv:2110.10386.
  • [Oda12] Y. Odaka, The Calabi conjecture and K-stability, Int. Math. Res. Not. IMRN (2012), no. 10, 2272–2288.
  • [Oda13] Y. Odaka, The GIT stability of polarized varieties via discrepancy, Ann. of Math. (2) 177 (2013), no. 2, 645–661.
  • [Oda15] Y. Odaka, On parametrization, optimization and triviality of test configurations, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (2015), no. 1, 25–33.
  • [OAI26] OpenAI, Ten Advances in Mathematics and Theoretical Computer Science, 2026, https://cdn.openai.com/pdf/ten-proofs-oai.pdf.
  • [PS07] D. H. Phong and J. Sturm, Test configurations for K-stability and geodesic rays, J. Symplectic Geom. 5 (2007), no. 2, 221–247.
  • [PS09] D. H. Phong and J. Sturm, Lectures on stability and constant scalar curvature, in: Current Developments in Mathematics 2007, Int. Press, Somerville, MA, 2009, 101–176.
  • [RT06] J. Ross and R. Thomas, An obstruction to the existence of constant scalar curvature Kähler metrics, J. Differential Geom. 72 (2006), no. 3, 429–466.
  • [RT07] J. Ross and R. Thomas, A study of the Hilbert–Mumford criterion for the stability of projective varieties, J. Algebraic Geom. 16 (2007), no. 2, 201–255.
  • [Sch+26] J. Schmitt, T. Gehrunger, J. Dekoninck, G. Bérczi, U. Kreitner, L. Price, and D. Holmes, ProofCouncil: An LLM Agent for Solving Open Mathematical Problems, arXiv:2607.09474.
  • [SD18] Z. Sjöström Dyrefelt, K-semistability of cscK manifolds with transcendental cohomology class, J. Geom. Anal. 28 (2018), no. 4, 2927–2960.
  • [SD19] Z. Sjöström Dyrefelt, A partial comparison of stability notions in Kähler geometry, in Moduli of K-stable varieties (G. Codogni, R. Dervan, and F. Viviani, eds.), Springer INdAM Ser., vol. 31, Springer, Cham, 2019, pp. 103–139.
  • [SD20] Z. Sjöström Dyrefelt, On K-polystability of cscK manifolds with transcendental cohomology class, Int. Math. Res. Not. IMRN (2020), no. 9, 2769–2817; with an appendix by R. Dervan.
  • [SW08] J. Song and B. Weinkove, On the convergence and singularities of the J-flow with applications to the Mabuchi energy, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 61 (2008), no. 2, 210–229.
  • [Sta26] The Stacks project authors, The Stacks project, published electronically at https://stacks.math.columbia.edu, 2026.
  • [Sto09] J. Stoppa, K-stability of constant scalar curvature Kähler manifolds, Adv. Math. 221 (2009), no. 4, 1397–1408.
  • [Sto11] J. Stoppa, A note on the definition of K-stability, arXiv:1111.5826.
  • [SS11] J. Stoppa and G. Székelyhidi, Relative K-stability of extremal metrics, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 13 (2011), no. 4, 899–909.
  • [Sze06] G. Székelyhidi, Extremal metrics and K-stability, Ph.D. thesis, Imperial College London, 2006.
  • [Sze07] G. Székelyhidi, Extremal metrics and K-stability, Bull. Lond. Math. Soc. 39 (2007), no. 1, 76–84.
  • [Sze15] G. Székelyhidi, Filtrations and test-configurations, with an appendix by S. Boucksom, Math. Ann. 362 (2015), no. 1–2, 451–484.
  • [Tia97] G. Tian, Kähler–Einstein metrics with positive scalar curvature, Invent. Math. 130 (1997), no. 1, 1–37.
  • [Tia15a] G. Tian, Corrigendum: K-stability and Kähler–Einstein metrics, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 68 (2015), no. 11, 2082–2083.
  • [Tia15b] G. Tian, K-stability and Kähler–Einstein metrics, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 68 (2015), no. 7, 1085–1156.
  • [TF98] C. W. Tønnesen-Friedman, Extremal Kähler metrics on minimal ruled surfaces, J. Reine Angew. Math. 502 (1998), 175–197.
  • [Tru24] A. Trusiani, A relative Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture and stability thresholds, Adv. Math. 441 (2024), Paper No. 109537.
  • [Tru26] A. Trusiani, A solution to the Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture through special Fujita approximations, arXiv:2605.30063.
  • [WZ04] X.-J. Wang and X. Zhu, Kähler–Ricci solitons on toric manifolds with positive first Chern class, Adv. Math. 188 (2004), no. 1, 87–103.
  • [WN12] D. Witt Nyström, Test configurations and Okounkov bodies, Compos. Math. 148 (2012), no. 6, 1736–1756.
  • [Xu21] C. Xu, K-stability of Fano varieties: an algebro-geometric approach, EMS Surv. Math. Sci. 8 (2021), no. 1–2, 265–354.
  • [Xu25] C. Xu, K-stability of Fano Varieties, New Mathematical Monographs 50, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2025.
  • [Yau93] S.-T. Yau, Open problems in geometry, in: Differential Geometry: Partial Differential Equations on Manifolds, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. 54, Part 1, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI (1993), 1–28.
  • [Yu19] C.-F. Yu, Chow’s theorem for semi-abelian varieties and bounds for splitting fields of algebraic tori, Acta Math. Sin. (Engl. Ser.) 35 (2019), no. 9, 1453–1463.
  • [Zar00] Yu. G. Zarhin, Hyperelliptic Jacobians without complex multiplication, Math. Res. Lett. 7 (2000), no. 1, 123–132.
  • [Zha96] S. Zhang, Heights and reductions of semi-stable varieties, Compos. Math. 104 (1996), no. 1, 77–105.
  • [Zha24] K. Zhang, A quantization proof of the uniform Yau–Tian–Donaldson conjecture, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 26 (2024), no. 12, 4763–4778.
  • [Zhu21] Z. Zhuang, Optimal destabilizing centers and equivariant K-stability, Invent. Math. 226 (2021), no. 1, 195–223.